clang 23.0.0git
Compiler.cpp
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===--- Compiler.cpp - Code generator for expressions ---*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8
9#include "Compiler.h"
10#include "ByteCodeEmitter.h"
11#include "Context.h"
12#include "FixedPoint.h"
13#include "Floating.h"
14#include "Function.h"
15#include "InterpShared.h"
16#include "PrimType.h"
17#include "Program.h"
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
20
21using namespace clang;
22using namespace clang::interp;
23
24using APSInt = llvm::APSInt;
25
26namespace clang {
27namespace interp {
28
29static std::optional<bool> getBoolValue(const Expr *E) {
30 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast_if_present<ConstantExpr>(E);
31 CE && CE->hasAPValueResult() &&
32 CE->getResultAPValueKind() == APValue::ValueKind::Int) {
33 return CE->getResultAsAPSInt().getBoolValue();
34 }
35
36 return std::nullopt;
37}
38
39/// Scope used to handle temporaries in toplevel variable declarations.
40template <class Emitter> class DeclScope final : public LocalScope<Emitter> {
41public:
43 : LocalScope<Emitter>(Ctx), Scope(Ctx->P),
44 OldInitializingDecl(Ctx->InitializingDecl) {
45 Ctx->InitializingDecl = VD;
46 Ctx->InitStack.push_back(InitLink::Decl(VD));
47 }
48
50 this->Ctx->InitializingDecl = OldInitializingDecl;
51 this->Ctx->InitStack.pop_back();
52 }
53
54private:
56 const ValueDecl *OldInitializingDecl;
57};
58
59/// Scope used to handle initialization methods.
60template <class Emitter> class OptionScope final {
61public:
62 /// Root constructor, compiling or discarding primitives.
63 OptionScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, bool NewDiscardResult,
64 bool NewInitializing, bool NewToLValue)
65 : Ctx(Ctx), OldDiscardResult(Ctx->DiscardResult),
66 OldInitializing(Ctx->Initializing), OldToLValue(Ctx->ToLValue) {
67 Ctx->DiscardResult = NewDiscardResult;
68 Ctx->Initializing = NewInitializing;
69 Ctx->ToLValue = NewToLValue;
70 }
71
73 Ctx->DiscardResult = OldDiscardResult;
74 Ctx->Initializing = OldInitializing;
75 Ctx->ToLValue = OldToLValue;
76 }
77
78private:
79 /// Parent context.
81 /// Old discard flag to restore.
82 bool OldDiscardResult;
83 bool OldInitializing;
84 bool OldToLValue;
85};
86
87template <class Emitter>
88bool InitLink::emit(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, const Expr *E) const {
89 switch (Kind) {
90 case K_This:
91 return Ctx->emitThis(E);
92 case K_Field:
93 // We're assuming there's a base pointer on the stack already.
94 return Ctx->emitGetPtrFieldPop(Offset, E);
95 case K_Temp:
96 return Ctx->emitGetPtrLocal(Offset, E);
97 case K_Decl:
98 return Ctx->visitDeclRef(D, E);
99 case K_Elem:
100 if (!Ctx->emitConstUint32(Offset, E))
101 return false;
102 return Ctx->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint32(E);
103 case K_RVO:
104 return Ctx->emitRVOPtr(E);
105 case K_InitList:
106 return true;
107 default:
108 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled InitLink kind");
109 }
110 return true;
111}
112
113/// Sets the context for break/continue statements.
114template <class Emitter> class LoopScope final {
115public:
119
120 LoopScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, LabelTy BreakLabel,
121 LabelTy ContinueLabel)
122 : Ctx(Ctx) {
123#ifndef NDEBUG
124 for (const LabelInfo &LI : Ctx->LabelInfoStack)
125 assert(LI.Name != Name);
126#endif
127
128 this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.emplace_back(Name, BreakLabel, ContinueLabel,
129 /*DefaultLabel=*/std::nullopt,
130 Ctx->VarScope);
131 }
132
133 ~LoopScope() { this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.pop_back(); }
134
135private:
137};
138
139// Sets the context for a switch scope, mapping labels.
140template <class Emitter> class SwitchScope final {
141public:
146
147 SwitchScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, CaseMap &&CaseLabels,
148 LabelTy BreakLabel, OptLabelTy DefaultLabel)
149 : Ctx(Ctx), OldCaseLabels(std::move(this->Ctx->CaseLabels)) {
150#ifndef NDEBUG
151 for (const LabelInfo &LI : Ctx->LabelInfoStack)
152 assert(LI.Name != Name);
153#endif
154
155 this->Ctx->CaseLabels = std::move(CaseLabels);
156 this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.emplace_back(Name, BreakLabel,
157 /*ContinueLabel=*/std::nullopt,
158 DefaultLabel, Ctx->VarScope);
159 }
160
162 this->Ctx->CaseLabels = std::move(OldCaseLabels);
163 this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.pop_back();
164 }
165
166private:
168 CaseMap OldCaseLabels;
169};
170
171/// When generating code for e.g. implicit field initializers in constructors,
172/// we don't have anything to point to in case the initializer causes an error.
173/// In that case, we need to disable location tracking for the initializer so
174/// we later point to the call range instead.
175template <class Emitter> class LocOverrideScope final {
176public:
178 bool Enabled = true)
179 : Ctx(Ctx), OldFlag(Ctx->LocOverride), Enabled(Enabled) {
180
181 if (Enabled)
182 Ctx->LocOverride = NewValue;
183 }
184
186 if (Enabled)
187 Ctx->LocOverride = OldFlag;
188 }
189
190private:
192 std::optional<SourceInfo> OldFlag;
193 bool Enabled;
194};
195
196} // namespace interp
197} // namespace clang
198
199template <class Emitter>
201 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
202
203 if (DiscardResult)
204 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
205
206 switch (E->getCastKind()) {
207 case CK_LValueToRValue: {
208 if (ToLValue && E->getType()->isPointerType())
209 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
210
211 if (SubExpr->getType().isVolatileQualified())
212 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Volatile, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
213
214 OptPrimType SubExprT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
215 // Try to load the value directly. This is purely a performance
216 // optimization.
217 if (SubExprT) {
218 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) {
219 const ValueDecl *D = DRE->getDecl();
220 bool IsReference = D->getType()->isReferenceType();
221
222 if (!IsReference) {
224 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(D))
225 return this->emitGetGlobal(*SubExprT, *GlobalIndex, E);
226 } else if (auto It = Locals.find(D); It != Locals.end()) {
227 return this->emitGetLocal(*SubExprT, It->second.Offset, E);
228 } else if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
229 if (auto It = this->Params.find(PVD); It != this->Params.end()) {
230 return this->emitGetParam(*SubExprT, It->second.Index, E);
231 }
232 }
233 }
234 }
235 }
236
237 // Prepare storage for the result.
238 if (!Initializing && !SubExprT) {
239 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(SubExpr);
240 if (!LocalIndex)
241 return false;
242 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
243 return false;
244 }
245
246 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
247 return false;
248
249 if (SubExprT)
250 return this->emitLoadPop(*SubExprT, E);
251
252 // If the subexpr type is not primitive, we need to perform a copy here.
253 // This happens for example in C when dereferencing a pointer of struct
254 // type.
255 return this->emitMemcpy(E);
256 }
257
258 case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer: {
259 if (E->containsErrors())
260 return false;
261 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_MemberPtr);
262 assert(classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_MemberPtr);
263
264 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
265 return false;
266
267 const CXXRecordDecl *CurDecl = SubExpr->getType()
269 ->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
270 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier *B : E->path()) {
271 const CXXRecordDecl *ToDecl = B->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
272 unsigned DerivedOffset = Ctx.collectBaseOffset(ToDecl, CurDecl);
273
274 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrBasePop(DerivedOffset, ToDecl, E))
275 return false;
276 CurDecl = ToDecl;
277 }
278
279 return true;
280 }
281
282 case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer: {
283 if (E->containsErrors())
284 return false;
285 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_MemberPtr);
286 assert(classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_MemberPtr);
287
288 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
289 return false;
290
291 const CXXRecordDecl *CurDecl = SubExpr->getType()
293 ->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
294 // Base-to-derived member pointer casts store the path in derived-to-base
295 // order, so iterate backwards. The CXXBaseSpecifier also provides us with
296 // the wrong end of the derived->base arc, so stagger the path by one class.
297 typedef std::reverse_iterator<CastExpr::path_const_iterator> ReverseIter;
298 for (ReverseIter PathI(E->path_end() - 1), PathE(E->path_begin());
299 PathI != PathE; ++PathI) {
300 const CXXRecordDecl *ToDecl = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
301 unsigned DerivedOffset = Ctx.collectBaseOffset(CurDecl, ToDecl);
302
303 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrDerivedPop(-DerivedOffset, ToDecl, E))
304 return false;
305 CurDecl = ToDecl;
306 }
307
308 const CXXRecordDecl *ToDecl =
309 E->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
310 assert(ToDecl != CurDecl);
311 unsigned DerivedOffset = Ctx.collectBaseOffset(CurDecl, ToDecl);
312
313 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrDerivedPop(-DerivedOffset, ToDecl, E))
314 return false;
315
316 return true;
317 }
318
319 case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
320 case CK_DerivedToBase: {
321 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
322 return false;
323
324 const auto extractRecordDecl = [](QualType Ty) -> const CXXRecordDecl * {
325 if (const auto *PT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
326 return PT->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
327 return Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
328 };
329
330 // FIXME: We can express a series of non-virtual casts as a single
331 // GetPtrBasePop op.
332 QualType CurType = SubExpr->getType();
333 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier *B : E->path()) {
334 if (B->isVirtual()) {
335 if (!this->emitGetPtrVirtBasePop(extractRecordDecl(B->getType()), E))
336 return false;
337 CurType = B->getType();
338 } else {
339 unsigned DerivedOffset = collectBaseOffset(B->getType(), CurType);
340 if (!this->emitGetPtrBasePop(
341 DerivedOffset, /*NullOK=*/E->getType()->isPointerType(), E))
342 return false;
343 CurType = B->getType();
344 }
345 }
346
347 return true;
348 }
349
350 case CK_BaseToDerived: {
351 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
352 return false;
353 unsigned DerivedOffset =
354 collectBaseOffset(SubExpr->getType(), E->getType());
355
356 const Type *TargetType = E->getType().getTypePtr();
357 if (TargetType->isPointerOrReferenceType())
358 TargetType = TargetType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
359 return this->emitGetPtrDerivedPop(DerivedOffset,
360 /*NullOK=*/E->getType()->isPointerType(),
361 TargetType, E);
362 }
363
364 case CK_FloatingCast: {
365 // HLSL uses CK_FloatingCast to cast between vectors.
366 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
367 return this->emitVectorConversion(E->getSubExpr(), E);
368 if (!SubExpr->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
369 !E->getType()->isFloatingType())
370 return false;
371 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
372 return false;
373 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
374 return this->emitCastFP(TargetSemantics, getRoundingMode(E), E);
375 }
376
377 case CK_IntegralToFloating: {
378 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
379 return this->emitVectorConversion(E->getSubExpr(), E);
380 if (!E->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
381 return false;
382 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
383 return false;
384 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
385 return this->emitCastIntegralFloating(classifyPrim(SubExpr),
386 TargetSemantics, getFPOptions(E), E);
387 }
388
389 case CK_FloatingToBoolean: {
390 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
391 return this->emitVectorConversion(E->getSubExpr(), E);
392 if (!SubExpr->getType()->isRealFloatingType() ||
393 !E->getType()->isBooleanType())
394 return false;
395 if (const auto *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(SubExpr))
396 return this->emitConstBool(FL->getValue().isNonZero(), E);
397 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
398 return false;
399 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralBool(getFPOptions(E), E);
400 }
401
402 case CK_FloatingToIntegral: {
403 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
404 return this->emitVectorConversion(E->getSubExpr(), E);
406 return false;
407 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
408 return false;
409 PrimType ToT = classifyPrim(E);
410 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
411 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()),
412 getFPOptions(E), E);
413 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
414 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()),
415 getFPOptions(E), E);
416
417 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(ToT, getFPOptions(E), E);
418 }
419
420 case CK_NullToPointer:
421 case CK_NullToMemberPointer: {
422 if (!this->discard(SubExpr))
423 return false;
424 uint64_t Val = Ctx.getASTContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(E->getType());
425 return this->emitNull(classifyPrim(E->getType()), Val,
426 E->getType().getTypePtr(), E);
427 }
428
429 case CK_PointerToIntegral: {
430 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
431 return false;
432
433 // If SubExpr doesn't result in a pointer, make it one.
434 if (PrimType FromT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType()); FromT != PT_Ptr) {
435 assert(isPtrType(FromT));
436 if (!this->emitDecayPtr(FromT, PT_Ptr, E))
437 return false;
438 }
439
440 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
441 if (T == PT_IntAP)
442 return this->emitCastPointerIntegralAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E);
443 if (T == PT_IntAPS)
444 return this->emitCastPointerIntegralAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E);
445 return this->emitCastPointerIntegral(T, E);
446 }
447
448 case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: {
449 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
450 return false;
451 return this->emitArrayDecay(E);
452 }
453
454 case CK_IntegralToPointer: {
455 QualType IntType = SubExpr->getType();
456 assert(IntType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
457 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
458 return false;
459 // FIXME: I think the discard is wrong since the int->ptr cast might cause a
460 // diagnostic.
461 PrimType T = classifyPrim(IntType);
462 if (!this->emitGetIntPtr(T, E->getType().getTypePtr(), E))
463 return false;
464
465 QualType PtrType = E->getType();
466 PrimType DestPtrT = classifyPrim(PtrType);
467 if (DestPtrT == PT_Ptr)
468 return true;
469
470 // In case we're converting the integer to a non-Pointer.
471 return this->emitDecayPtr(PT_Ptr, DestPtrT, E);
472 }
473
474 case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic:
475 case CK_ConstructorConversion:
476 case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
477 case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
478 case CK_NoOp:
479 case CK_UserDefinedConversion:
480 case CK_AddressSpaceConversion:
481 case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
482 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
483
484 case CK_BitCast: {
485 if (E->containsErrors())
486 return false;
487 QualType ETy = E->getType();
488 // Reject bitcasts to atomic types.
489 if (ETy->isAtomicType()) {
490 if (!this->discard(SubExpr))
491 return false;
492 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
493 }
494 QualType SubExprTy = SubExpr->getType();
495 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExprTy);
496 // Casts from integer/vector to vector.
497 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
498 return this->emitBuiltinBitCast(E);
499
500 OptPrimType ToT = classify(E->getType());
501 if (!FromT || !ToT)
502 return false;
503
504 assert(isPtrType(*FromT));
505 assert(isPtrType(*ToT));
506 bool SrcIsVoidPtr = SubExprTy->isVoidPointerType();
507 if (FromT == ToT) {
508 if (E->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
509 !SubExprTy->isFunctionPointerType()) {
510 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
511 }
512
513 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
514 return false;
515 if (!this->emitCheckBitCast(ETy->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(),
516 SrcIsVoidPtr, E))
517 return false;
518
519 if (E->getType()->isFunctionPointerType() ||
520 SubExprTy->isFunctionPointerType()) {
521 return this->emitFnPtrCast(E);
522 }
523 if (FromT == PT_Ptr)
524 return this->emitPtrPtrCast(SubExprTy->isVoidPointerType(), E);
525 return true;
526 }
527
528 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
529 return false;
530 return this->emitDecayPtr(*FromT, *ToT, E);
531 }
532 case CK_IntegralToBoolean:
533 case CK_FixedPointToBoolean: {
534 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
535 return this->emitVectorConversion(E->getSubExpr(), E);
536 // HLSL uses this to cast to one-element vectors.
537 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
538 if (!FromT)
539 return false;
540
541 if (const auto *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(SubExpr))
542 return this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), E);
543 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
544 return false;
545 return this->emitCast(*FromT, classifyPrim(E), E);
546 }
547
548 case CK_IntegralCast:
549 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
550 return this->emitVectorConversion(E->getSubExpr(), E);
551 [[fallthrough]];
552 case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: {
553 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
554 OptPrimType ToT = classify(E->getType());
555 if (!FromT || !ToT)
556 return false;
557
558 // Try to emit a casted known constant value directly.
559 if (const auto *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(SubExpr)) {
560 if (ToT != PT_IntAP && ToT != PT_IntAPS && FromT != PT_IntAP &&
561 FromT != PT_IntAPS && !E->getType()->isEnumeralType())
562 return this->emitConst(APSInt(IL->getValue(), !isSignedType(*FromT)),
563 E);
564 if (!this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), SubExpr))
565 return false;
566 } else {
567 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
568 return false;
569 }
570
571 // Possibly diagnose casts to enum types if the target type does not
572 // have a fixed size.
573 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isEnumeralType()) {
574 const auto *ED = E->getType()->castAsEnumDecl();
575 if (!ED->isFixed()) {
576 if (!this->emitCheckEnumValue(*FromT, ED, E))
577 return false;
578 }
579 }
580
581 if (ToT == PT_IntAP) {
582 if (!this->emitCastAP(*FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E))
583 return false;
584 } else if (ToT == PT_IntAPS) {
585 if (!this->emitCastAPS(*FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E))
586 return false;
587 } else {
588 if (FromT == ToT)
589 return true;
590 if (!this->emitCast(*FromT, *ToT, E))
591 return false;
592 }
593 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral)
594 return this->emitNeg(*ToT, E);
595 return true;
596 }
597
598 case CK_PointerToBoolean:
599 case CK_MemberPointerToBoolean: {
600 PrimType PtrT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
601
602 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
603 return false;
604 return this->emitIsNonNull(PtrT, E);
605 }
606
607 case CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean:
608 case CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean: {
609 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
610 return false;
611 return this->emitComplexBoolCast(SubExpr);
612 }
613
614 case CK_IntegralComplexToReal:
615 case CK_FloatingComplexToReal:
616 return this->emitComplexReal(SubExpr);
617
618 case CK_IntegralRealToComplex:
619 case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: {
620 // We're creating a complex value here, so we need to
621 // allocate storage for it.
622 if (!Initializing) {
623 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
624 if (!LocalIndex)
625 return false;
626 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
627 return false;
628 }
629
630 PrimType T = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
631 // Init the complex value to {SubExpr, 0}.
632 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(0, SubExpr, T))
633 return false;
634 // Zero-init the second element.
635 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(T, SubExpr->getType(), SubExpr))
636 return false;
637 return this->emitInitElem(T, 1, SubExpr);
638 }
639
640 case CK_IntegralComplexCast:
641 case CK_FloatingComplexCast:
642 case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex:
643 case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: {
644 assert(E->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
645 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
646 if (!Initializing) {
647 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
648 if (!LocalIndex)
649 return false;
650 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
651 return false;
652 }
653
654 // Location for the SubExpr.
655 // Since SubExpr is of complex type, visiting it results in a pointer
656 // anyway, so we just create a temporary pointer variable.
657 unsigned SubExprOffset =
658 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
659 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
660 return false;
661 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E))
662 return false;
663
664 PrimType SourceElemT = classifyComplexElementType(SubExpr->getType());
665 QualType DestElemType =
666 E->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
667 PrimType DestElemT = classifyPrim(DestElemType);
668 // Cast both elements individually.
669 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
670 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E))
671 return false;
672 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(SourceElemT, I, E))
673 return false;
674
675 // Do the cast.
676 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SourceElemT, DestElemT, DestElemType, E))
677 return false;
678
679 // Save the value.
680 if (!this->emitInitElem(DestElemT, I, E))
681 return false;
682 }
683 return true;
684 }
685
686 case CK_VectorSplat: {
687 assert(!canClassify(E->getType()));
688 assert(E->getType()->isVectorType());
689
690 if (!canClassify(SubExpr->getType()))
691 return false;
692
693 if (!Initializing) {
694 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
695 if (!LocalIndex)
696 return false;
697 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
698 return false;
699 }
700
701 const auto *VT = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
702 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
703 unsigned ElemOffset =
704 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, ElemT, /*IsConst=*/true);
705
706 // Prepare a local variable for the scalar value.
707 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
708 return false;
709 if (classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_Ptr && !this->emitLoadPop(ElemT, E))
710 return false;
711
712 if (!this->emitSetLocal(ElemT, ElemOffset, E))
713 return false;
714
715 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VT->getNumElements(); ++I) {
716 if (!this->emitGetLocal(ElemT, ElemOffset, E))
717 return false;
718 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
719 return false;
720 }
721
722 return true;
723 }
724
725 case CK_HLSLVectorTruncation: {
726 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isVectorType());
727 if (OptPrimType ResultT = classify(E)) {
728 assert(!DiscardResult);
729 // Result must be either a float or integer. Take the first element.
730 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
731 return false;
732 return this->emitArrayElemPop(*ResultT, 0, E);
733 }
734 // Otherwise, this truncates from one vector type to another.
735 assert(E->getType()->isVectorType());
736
737 if (!Initializing) {
738 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
739 if (!LocalIndex)
740 return false;
741 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
742 return false;
743 }
744 unsigned ToSize = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
745 assert(SubExpr->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() > ToSize);
746 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
747 return false;
748 return this->emitCopyArray(classifyVectorElementType(E->getType()), 0, 0,
749 ToSize, E);
750 };
751
752 case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint: {
753 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
754 return false;
755
756 auto Sem =
757 Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
758 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFixedPoint(classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType()), Sem,
759 E))
760 return false;
761 if (DiscardResult)
762 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
763 return true;
764 }
765 case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint: {
766 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
767 return false;
768
769 auto Sem =
770 Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
771 if (!this->emitCastFloatingFixedPoint(Sem, E))
772 return false;
773 if (DiscardResult)
774 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
775 return true;
776 }
777 case CK_FixedPointToFloating: {
778 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
779 return false;
780 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
781 if (!this->emitCastFixedPointFloating(TargetSemantics, E))
782 return false;
783 if (DiscardResult)
784 return this->emitPopFloat(E);
785 return true;
786 }
787 case CK_FixedPointToIntegral: {
788 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
789 return false;
790 PrimType IntegralT = classifyPrim(E->getType());
791 if (!this->emitCastFixedPointIntegral(IntegralT, E))
792 return false;
793 if (DiscardResult)
794 return this->emitPop(IntegralT, E);
795 return true;
796 }
797 case CK_FixedPointCast: {
798 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
799 return false;
800 auto Sem =
801 Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
802 if (!this->emitCastFixedPoint(Sem, E))
803 return false;
804 if (DiscardResult)
805 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
806 return true;
807 }
808
809 case CK_ToVoid:
810 return discard(SubExpr);
811
812 case CK_Dynamic:
813 llvm_unreachable("CXXDynamicCastExpr has its own function");
814
815 case CK_LValueBitCast:
816 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::ReinterpretLike, /*Fatal=*/false, E))
817 return false;
818 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
819
820 case CK_HLSLArrayRValue: {
821 // Non-decaying array rvalue cast - creates an rvalue copy of an lvalue
822 // array, similar to LValueToRValue for composite types.
823 if (!Initializing) {
824 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
825 if (!LocalIndex)
826 return false;
827 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
828 return false;
829 }
830 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
831 return false;
832 return this->emitMemcpy(E);
833 }
834
835 case CK_HLSLMatrixTruncation: {
836 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isConstantMatrixType());
837 if (OptPrimType ResultT = classify(E)) {
838 assert(!DiscardResult);
839 // Result must be either a float or integer. Take the first element.
840 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
841 return false;
842 return this->emitArrayElemPop(*ResultT, 0, E);
843 }
844 // Otherwise, this truncates to a a constant matrix type.
845 assert(E->getType()->isConstantMatrixType());
846
847 if (!Initializing) {
848 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
849 if (!LocalIndex)
850 return false;
851 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
852 return false;
853 }
854 unsigned ToSize =
855 E->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()->getNumElementsFlattened();
856 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
857 return false;
858 return this->emitCopyArray(classifyMatrixElementType(SubExpr->getType()), 0,
859 0, ToSize, E);
860 }
861
862 case CK_HLSLAggregateSplatCast: {
863 // Aggregate splat cast: convert a scalar value to one of an aggregate type
864 // by replicating and casting the scalar to every element of the destination
865 // aggregate (vector, matrix, array, or struct).
866 assert(canClassify(SubExpr->getType()));
867
868 if (!Initializing) {
869 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
870 if (!LocalIndex)
871 return false;
872 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
873 return false;
874 }
875
876 // The scalar to be splatted is stored in a local to be repeatedly loaded
877 // once for every scalar element of the destination.
878 PrimType SrcElemT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
879 unsigned SrcOffset =
880 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, SrcElemT, /*IsConst=*/true);
881
882 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
883 return false;
884 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SrcElemT, SrcOffset, E))
885 return false;
886
887 // Recursively splat the scalar into every element of the destination.
888 return emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcElemT, SrcOffset, E->getType(), E);
889 }
890
891 case CK_HLSLElementwiseCast: {
892 // Elementwise cast: flatten the elements of one aggregate source type and
893 // store to a destination scalar or aggregate type of the same or fewer
894 // number of elements. Casts are inserted element-wise to convert each
895 // source scalar element to its corresponding destination scalar element.
896 QualType SrcType = SubExpr->getType();
897 QualType DestType = E->getType();
898
899 if (OptPrimType DestT = classify(DestType)) {
900 // When the destination is a scalar, we only need the first scalar
901 // element of the source.
902 unsigned SrcPtrOffset =
903 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
904 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
905 return false;
906 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcPtrOffset, E))
907 return false;
908
910 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(SrcType, SrcPtrOffset, Elements, 1, E))
911 return false;
912 if (Elements.empty())
913 return false;
914
915 const HLSLFlatElement &Src = Elements[0];
916 if (!this->emitGetLocal(Src.Type, Src.LocalOffset, E))
917 return false;
918 return this->emitPrimCast(Src.Type, *DestT, DestType, E);
919 }
920
921 if (!Initializing) {
922 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
923 if (!LocalIndex)
924 return false;
925 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
926 return false;
927 }
928
929 unsigned SrcOffset =
930 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
931 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
932 return false;
933 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
934 return false;
935
936 // Only flatten as many source elements as the destination requires.
937 unsigned ElemCount = countHLSLFlatElements(DestType);
938
940 Elements.reserve(ElemCount);
941 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(SrcType, SrcOffset, Elements, ElemCount, E))
942 return false;
943
944 // Sema is expected to reject an elementwise cast whose source has fewer
945 // scalar elements than the destination.
946 assert(Elements.size() == ElemCount &&
947 "Source type has fewer scalar elements than the destination type");
948
949 return emitHLSLConstructAggregate(DestType, Elements, E);
950 }
951
952 case CK_ToUnion: {
953 const FieldDecl *UnionField = E->getTargetUnionField();
954 const Record *R = this->getRecord(E->getType());
955 assert(R);
956 const Record::Field *RF = R->getField(UnionField);
957 QualType FieldType = RF->Decl->getType();
958
959 if (OptPrimType PT = classify(FieldType)) {
960 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
961 return false;
962 if (RF->isBitField())
963 return this->emitInitBitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, RF->bitWidth(),
964 E);
965 return this->emitInitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, E);
966 }
967
968 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(RF->Offset, E))
969 return false;
970 if (!this->emitActivate(E))
971 return false;
972 return this->visitInitializerPop(SubExpr);
973 }
974
975 default:
976 return this->emitInvalid(E);
977 }
978 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled clang::CastKind enum");
979}
980
981template <class Emitter>
983 return this->emitBuiltinBitCast(E);
984}
985
986template <class Emitter>
988 if (DiscardResult)
989 return true;
990
991 return this->emitConst(LE->getValue(), LE);
992}
993
994template <class Emitter>
996 if (DiscardResult)
997 return true;
998
999 APFloat F = E->getValue();
1000 return this->emitFloat(F, E);
1001}
1002
1003template <class Emitter>
1005 assert(E->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
1006 if (DiscardResult)
1007 return true;
1008
1009 if (!Initializing) {
1010 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
1011 if (!LocalIndex)
1012 return false;
1013 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
1014 return false;
1015 }
1016
1017 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
1018 PrimType SubExprT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
1019
1020 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(SubExprT, SubExpr->getType(), SubExpr))
1021 return false;
1022 if (!this->emitInitElem(SubExprT, 0, SubExpr))
1023 return false;
1024 return this->visitArrayElemInit(1, SubExpr, SubExprT);
1025}
1026
1027template <class Emitter>
1029 assert(E->getType()->isFixedPointType());
1030 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_FixedPoint);
1031
1032 if (DiscardResult)
1033 return true;
1034
1035 auto Sem = Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType());
1036 APInt Value = E->getValue();
1037 return this->emitConstFixedPoint(FixedPoint(Value, Sem), E);
1038}
1039
1040template <class Emitter>
1042 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
1043}
1044
1045template <class Emitter>
1047 // Need short-circuiting for these.
1048 if (E->isLogicalOp() && !E->getType()->isVectorType())
1049 return this->VisitLogicalBinOp(E);
1050
1051 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1052 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1053
1054 // Handle comma operators. Just discard the LHS
1055 // and delegate to RHS.
1056 if (E->isCommaOp()) {
1057 if (!this->discard(LHS))
1058 return false;
1059 if (RHS->getType()->isVoidType())
1060 return this->discard(RHS);
1061
1062 return this->delegate(RHS);
1063 }
1064
1065 if (E->getType()->isAnyComplexType())
1066 return this->VisitComplexBinOp(E);
1067 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
1068 return this->VisitVectorBinOp(E);
1069 if ((LHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType() ||
1070 RHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) &&
1071 E->isComparisonOp())
1072 return this->emitComplexComparison(LHS, RHS, E);
1073 if (LHS->getType()->isFixedPointType() || RHS->getType()->isFixedPointType())
1074 return this->VisitFixedPointBinOp(E);
1075
1076 if (E->isPtrMemOp()) {
1077 if (E->containsErrors())
1078 return false;
1079
1080 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1081 return false;
1082
1083 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1084 return false;
1085
1086 if (!this->emitToMemberPtr(E))
1087 return false;
1088
1089 if (classifyPrim(E) == PT_MemberPtr)
1090 return true;
1091
1092 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrPtr(E))
1093 return false;
1094 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
1095 }
1096
1097 // Typecheck the args.
1098 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS);
1099 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS);
1100 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
1101
1102 // Special case for C++'s three-way/spaceship operator <=>, which
1103 // returns a std::{strong,weak,partial}_ordering (which is a class, so doesn't
1104 // have a PrimType).
1105 if (!T && E->getOpcode() == BO_Cmp) {
1106 if (DiscardResult)
1107 return true;
1108 const ComparisonCategoryInfo *CmpInfo =
1109 Ctx.getASTContext().CompCategories.lookupInfoForType(E->getType());
1110 assert(CmpInfo);
1111
1112 // We need a temporary variable holding our return value.
1113 if (!Initializing) {
1114 UnsignedOrNone ResultIndex = this->allocateLocal(E);
1115 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*ResultIndex, E))
1116 return false;
1117 }
1118
1119 if (!visit(LHS) || !visit(RHS))
1120 return false;
1121
1122 return this->emitCMP3(*LT, CmpInfo, E);
1123 }
1124
1125 if (!LT || !RT || !T)
1126 return false;
1127
1128 // Pointer arithmetic special case.
1129 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Add || E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
1130 if (isPtrType(*T) || (isPtrType(*LT) && isPtrType(*RT)))
1131 return this->VisitPointerArithBinOp(E);
1132 }
1133
1134 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
1135 return this->visitAssignment(LHS, RHS, E);
1136
1137 if (!visit(LHS) || !visit(RHS))
1138 return false;
1139
1140 // For languages such as C, cast the result of one
1141 // of our comparision opcodes to T (which is usually int).
1142 auto MaybeCastToBool = [this, T, E](bool Result) {
1143 if (!Result)
1144 return false;
1145 if (DiscardResult)
1146 return this->emitPopBool(E);
1147 if (T != PT_Bool)
1148 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, *T, E);
1149 return true;
1150 };
1151
1152 auto Discard = [this, T, E](bool Result) {
1153 if (!Result)
1154 return false;
1155 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : true;
1156 };
1157
1158 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
1159 case BO_EQ:
1160 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitEQ(*LT, E));
1161 case BO_NE:
1162 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitNE(*LT, E));
1163 case BO_LT:
1164 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLT(*LT, E));
1165 case BO_LE:
1166 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLE(*LT, E));
1167 case BO_GT:
1168 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGT(*LT, E));
1169 case BO_GE:
1170 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGE(*LT, E));
1171 case BO_Sub:
1172 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1173 return Discard(this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1174 return Discard(this->emitSub(*T, E));
1175 case BO_Add:
1176 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1177 return Discard(this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1178 return Discard(this->emitAdd(*T, E));
1179 case BO_Mul:
1180 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1181 return Discard(this->emitMulf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1182 return Discard(this->emitMul(*T, E));
1183 case BO_Rem:
1184 return Discard(this->emitRem(*T, E));
1185 case BO_Div:
1186 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1187 return Discard(this->emitDivf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1188 return Discard(this->emitDiv(*T, E));
1189 case BO_And:
1190 return Discard(this->emitBitAnd(*T, E));
1191 case BO_Or:
1192 return Discard(this->emitBitOr(*T, E));
1193 case BO_Shl:
1194 return Discard(this->emitShl(*LT, *RT, E));
1195 case BO_Shr:
1196 return Discard(this->emitShr(*LT, *RT, E));
1197 case BO_Xor:
1198 return Discard(this->emitBitXor(*T, E));
1199 case BO_LOr:
1200 case BO_LAnd:
1201 llvm_unreachable("Already handled earlier");
1202 default:
1203 return false;
1204 }
1205
1206 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled binary op");
1207}
1208
1209/// Perform addition/subtraction of a pointer and an integer or
1210/// subtraction of two pointers.
1211template <class Emitter>
1213 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
1214 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1215 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1216
1217 if ((Op != BO_Add && Op != BO_Sub) ||
1218 (!LHS->getType()->isPointerType() && !RHS->getType()->isPointerType()))
1219 return false;
1220
1221 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS);
1222 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS);
1223
1224 if (!LT || !RT)
1225 return false;
1226
1227 // Visit the given pointer expression and optionally convert to a PT_Ptr.
1228 auto visitAsPointer = [&](const Expr *E, PrimType T) -> bool {
1229 if (!this->visit(E))
1230 return false;
1231 if (T != PT_Ptr)
1232 return this->emitDecayPtr(T, PT_Ptr, E);
1233 return true;
1234 };
1235
1236 if (LHS->getType()->isPointerType() && RHS->getType()->isPointerType()) {
1237 if (Op != BO_Sub)
1238 return false;
1239
1240 assert(E->getType()->isIntegerType());
1241 if (!visitAsPointer(RHS, *RT) || !visitAsPointer(LHS, *LT))
1242 return false;
1243
1244 QualType ElemType = LHS->getType()->getPointeeType();
1245 CharUnits ElemTypeSize;
1246 if (ElemType->isVoidType() || ElemType->isFunctionType())
1247 ElemTypeSize = CharUnits::One();
1248 else
1249 ElemTypeSize = Ctx.getASTContext().getTypeSizeInChars(ElemType);
1250
1251 PrimType IntT = classifyPrim(E->getType());
1252 if (!this->emitSubPtr(IntT, ElemTypeSize.isZero(), E))
1253 return false;
1254 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(IntT, E) : true;
1255 }
1256
1257 PrimType OffsetType;
1258 if (LHS->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
1259 if (!visitAsPointer(RHS, *RT))
1260 return false;
1261 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1262 return false;
1263 OffsetType = *LT;
1264 } else if (RHS->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
1265 if (!visitAsPointer(LHS, *LT))
1266 return false;
1267 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1268 return false;
1269 OffsetType = *RT;
1270 } else {
1271 return false;
1272 }
1273
1274 // Do the operation and optionally transform to
1275 // result pointer type.
1276 switch (Op) {
1277 case BO_Add:
1278 if (!this->emitAddOffset(OffsetType, E))
1279 return false;
1280 break;
1281 case BO_Sub:
1282 if (!this->emitSubOffset(OffsetType, E))
1283 return false;
1284 break;
1285 default:
1286 return false;
1287 }
1288
1289 if (classifyPrim(E) != PT_Ptr) {
1290 if (!this->emitDecayPtr(PT_Ptr, classifyPrim(E), E))
1291 return false;
1292 }
1293
1294 if (DiscardResult)
1295 return this->emitPop(classifyPrim(E), E);
1296 return true;
1297}
1298
1299template <class Emitter>
1301 assert(E->isLogicalOp());
1302 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
1303 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1304 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1305 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
1306
1307 if (Op == BO_LOr) {
1308 // Logical OR. Visit LHS and only evaluate RHS if LHS was FALSE.
1309 LabelTy LabelTrue = this->getLabel();
1310 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
1311
1312 if (!this->visitBool(LHS))
1313 return false;
1314 if (!this->jumpTrue(LabelTrue, E))
1315 return false;
1316
1317 if (!this->visitBool(RHS))
1318 return false;
1319 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, E))
1320 return false;
1321
1322 this->emitLabel(LabelTrue);
1323 this->emitConstBool(true, E);
1324 this->fallthrough(LabelEnd);
1325 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
1326
1327 } else {
1328 assert(Op == BO_LAnd);
1329 // Logical AND.
1330 // Visit LHS. Only visit RHS if LHS was TRUE.
1331 LabelTy LabelFalse = this->getLabel();
1332 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
1333
1334 if (!this->visitBool(LHS))
1335 return false;
1336 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelFalse, E))
1337 return false;
1338
1339 if (!this->visitBool(RHS))
1340 return false;
1341 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, E))
1342 return false;
1343
1344 this->emitLabel(LabelFalse);
1345 this->emitConstBool(false, E);
1346 this->fallthrough(LabelEnd);
1347 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
1348 }
1349
1350 if (DiscardResult)
1351 return this->emitPopBool(E);
1352
1353 // For C, cast back to integer type.
1354 assert(T);
1355 if (T != PT_Bool)
1356 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, *T, E);
1357 return true;
1358}
1359
1360template <class Emitter>
1362 // Prepare storage for result.
1363 if (!Initializing) {
1364 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
1365 if (!LocalIndex)
1366 return false;
1367 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
1368 return false;
1369 }
1370
1371 // Both LHS and RHS might _not_ be of complex type, but one of them
1372 // needs to be.
1373 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1374 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1375
1376 PrimType ResultElemT = this->classifyComplexElementType(E->getType());
1377 unsigned ResultOffset = ~0u;
1378 if (!DiscardResult)
1379 ResultOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(E, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1380
1381 // Save result pointer in ResultOffset
1382 if (!this->DiscardResult) {
1383 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
1384 return false;
1385 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, ResultOffset, E))
1386 return false;
1387 }
1388 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
1389 if (const auto *AT = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1390 LHSType = AT->getValueType();
1391 QualType RHSType = RHS->getType();
1392 if (const auto *AT = RHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1393 RHSType = AT->getValueType();
1394
1395 bool LHSIsComplex = LHSType->isAnyComplexType();
1396 unsigned LHSOffset;
1397 bool RHSIsComplex = RHSType->isAnyComplexType();
1398
1399 // For ComplexComplex Mul, we have special ops to make their implementation
1400 // easier.
1401 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
1402 if (Op == BO_Mul && LHSIsComplex && RHSIsComplex) {
1403 assert(classifyPrim(LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType()) ==
1405 PrimType ElemT =
1407 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1408 return false;
1409 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1410 return false;
1411 if (!this->emitMulc(ElemT, E))
1412 return false;
1413 if (DiscardResult)
1414 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1415 return true;
1416 }
1417
1418 if (Op == BO_Div && RHSIsComplex) {
1419 QualType ElemQT = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
1420 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1421 // If the LHS is not complex, we still need to do the full complex
1422 // division, so just stub create a complex value and stub it out with
1423 // the LHS and a zero.
1424
1425 if (!LHSIsComplex) {
1426 // This is using the RHS type for the fake-complex LHS.
1427 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(RHS);
1428 if (!LocalIndex)
1429 return false;
1430 LHSOffset = *LocalIndex;
1431
1432 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(LHSOffset, E))
1433 return false;
1434
1435 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1436 return false;
1437 // real is LHS
1438 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, 0, E))
1439 return false;
1440 // imag is zero
1441 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1442 return false;
1443 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, 1, E))
1444 return false;
1445 } else {
1446 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1447 return false;
1448 }
1449
1450 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1451 return false;
1452 if (!this->emitDivc(ElemT, E))
1453 return false;
1454 if (DiscardResult)
1455 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1456 return true;
1457 }
1458
1459 // Evaluate LHS and save value to LHSOffset.
1460 if (LHSType->isAnyComplexType()) {
1461 LHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1462 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1463 return false;
1464 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
1465 return false;
1466 } else {
1467 PrimType LHST = classifyPrim(LHSType);
1468 LHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, LHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
1469 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1470 return false;
1471 if (!this->emitSetLocal(LHST, LHSOffset, E))
1472 return false;
1473 }
1474
1475 // Same with RHS.
1476 unsigned RHSOffset;
1477 if (RHSType->isAnyComplexType()) {
1478 RHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1479 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1480 return false;
1481 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, RHSOffset, E))
1482 return false;
1483 } else {
1484 PrimType RHST = classifyPrim(RHSType);
1485 RHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, RHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
1486 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1487 return false;
1488 if (!this->emitSetLocal(RHST, RHSOffset, E))
1489 return false;
1490 }
1491
1492 // For both LHS and RHS, either load the value from the complex pointer, or
1493 // directly from the local variable. For index 1 (i.e. the imaginary part),
1494 // just load 0 and do the operation anyway.
1495 auto loadComplexValue = [this](bool IsComplex, bool LoadZero,
1496 unsigned ElemIndex, unsigned Offset,
1497 const Expr *E) -> bool {
1498 if (IsComplex) {
1499 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
1500 return false;
1501 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyComplexElementType(E->getType()),
1502 ElemIndex, E);
1503 }
1504 if (ElemIndex == 0 || !LoadZero)
1505 return this->emitGetLocal(classifyPrim(E->getType()), Offset, E);
1506 return this->visitZeroInitializer(classifyPrim(E->getType()), E->getType(),
1507 E);
1508 };
1509
1510 // Now we can get pointers to the LHS and RHS from the offsets above.
1511 for (unsigned ElemIndex = 0; ElemIndex != 2; ++ElemIndex) {
1512 // Result pointer for the store later.
1513 if (!this->DiscardResult) {
1514 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, ResultOffset, E))
1515 return false;
1516 }
1517
1518 // The actual operation.
1519 switch (Op) {
1520 case BO_Add:
1521 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1522 return false;
1523
1524 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1525 return false;
1526 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1527 if (!this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1528 return false;
1529 } else {
1530 if (!this->emitAdd(ResultElemT, E))
1531 return false;
1532 }
1533 break;
1534 case BO_Sub:
1535 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1536 return false;
1537
1538 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1539 return false;
1540 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1541 if (!this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1542 return false;
1543 } else {
1544 if (!this->emitSub(ResultElemT, E))
1545 return false;
1546 }
1547 break;
1548 case BO_Mul:
1549 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1550 return false;
1551
1552 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1553 return false;
1554
1555 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1556 if (!this->emitMulf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1557 return false;
1558 } else {
1559 if (!this->emitMul(ResultElemT, E))
1560 return false;
1561 }
1562 break;
1563 case BO_Div:
1564 assert(!RHSIsComplex);
1565 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1566 return false;
1567
1568 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1569 return false;
1570
1571 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1572 if (!this->emitDivf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1573 return false;
1574 } else {
1575 if (!this->emitDiv(ResultElemT, E))
1576 return false;
1577 }
1578 break;
1579
1580 default:
1581 return false;
1582 }
1583
1584 if (!this->DiscardResult) {
1585 // Initialize array element with the value we just computed.
1586 if (!this->emitInitElemPop(ResultElemT, ElemIndex, E))
1587 return false;
1588 } else {
1589 if (!this->emitPop(ResultElemT, E))
1590 return false;
1591 // Remove the Complex temporary pointer we created ourselves at the
1592 // beginning of this function.
1593 if (!Initializing)
1594 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1595 }
1596 }
1597 return true;
1598}
1599
1600template <class Emitter>
1602 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1603 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1604 assert(!E->isCommaOp() &&
1605 "Comma op should be handled in VisitBinaryOperator");
1606 assert(E->getType()->isVectorType());
1607 assert(LHS->getType()->isVectorType());
1608 assert(RHS->getType()->isVectorType());
1609
1610 // We can only handle vectors with primitive element types.
1612 return false;
1613
1614 // Prepare storage for result.
1615 if (!Initializing && !E->isCompoundAssignmentOp() && !E->isAssignmentOp()) {
1616 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
1617 if (!LocalIndex)
1618 return false;
1619 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
1620 return false;
1621 }
1622
1623 const auto *VecTy = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
1624 auto Op = E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()
1626 : E->getOpcode();
1627
1628 PrimType ElemT = this->classifyVectorElementType(LHS->getType());
1629 PrimType RHSElemT = this->classifyVectorElementType(RHS->getType());
1630 PrimType ResultElemT = this->classifyVectorElementType(E->getType());
1631
1632 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Assign) {
1633 assert(Ctx.getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1635 RHS->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()));
1636 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1637 return false;
1638 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1639 return false;
1640 if (!this->emitCopyArray(ElemT, 0, 0, VecTy->getNumElements(), E))
1641 return false;
1642 if (DiscardResult)
1643 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1644 return true;
1645 }
1646
1647 // Evaluate LHS and save value to LHSOffset.
1648 unsigned LHSOffset =
1649 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1650 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1651 return false;
1652 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
1653 return false;
1654
1655 // Evaluate RHS and save value to RHSOffset.
1656 unsigned RHSOffset =
1657 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1658 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1659 return false;
1660 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, RHSOffset, E))
1661 return false;
1662
1663 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp() && !this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
1664 return false;
1665
1666 // BitAdd/BitOr/BitXor/Shl/Shr doesn't support bool type, we need perform the
1667 // integer promotion.
1668 bool NeedIntPromot = ElemT == PT_Bool && (E->isBitwiseOp() || E->isShiftOp());
1669 QualType PromotTy;
1670 PrimType PromotT = PT_Bool;
1671 PrimType OpT = ElemT;
1672 if (NeedIntPromot) {
1673 PromotTy =
1674 Ctx.getASTContext().getPromotedIntegerType(Ctx.getASTContext().BoolTy);
1675 PromotT = classifyPrim(PromotTy);
1676 OpT = PromotT;
1677 }
1678
1679 auto getElem = [=](unsigned Offset, PrimType ElemT, unsigned Index) {
1680 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
1681 return false;
1682 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E))
1683 return false;
1684 if (E->isLogicalOp()) {
1685 if (!this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, Ctx.getASTContext().BoolTy, E))
1686 return false;
1687 if (!this->emitPrimCast(PT_Bool, ResultElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
1688 return false;
1689 } else if (NeedIntPromot) {
1690 if (!this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, PromotT, PromotTy, E))
1691 return false;
1692 }
1693 return true;
1694 };
1695
1696#define EMIT_ARITH_OP(OP) \
1697 { \
1698 if (ElemT == PT_Float) { \
1699 if (!this->emit##OP##f(getFPOptions(E), E)) \
1700 return false; \
1701 } else { \
1702 if (!this->emit##OP(ElemT, E)) \
1703 return false; \
1704 } \
1705 break; \
1706 }
1707
1708 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
1709 if (!getElem(LHSOffset, ElemT, I))
1710 return false;
1711 if (!getElem(RHSOffset, RHSElemT, I))
1712 return false;
1713 switch (Op) {
1714 case BO_Add:
1716 case BO_Sub:
1718 case BO_Mul:
1720 case BO_Div:
1722 case BO_Rem:
1723 if (!this->emitRem(ElemT, E))
1724 return false;
1725 break;
1726 case BO_And:
1727 if (!this->emitBitAnd(OpT, E))
1728 return false;
1729 break;
1730 case BO_Or:
1731 if (!this->emitBitOr(OpT, E))
1732 return false;
1733 break;
1734 case BO_Xor:
1735 if (!this->emitBitXor(OpT, E))
1736 return false;
1737 break;
1738 case BO_Shl:
1739 if (!this->emitShl(OpT, RHSElemT, E))
1740 return false;
1741 break;
1742 case BO_Shr:
1743 if (!this->emitShr(OpT, RHSElemT, E))
1744 return false;
1745 break;
1746 case BO_EQ:
1747 if (!this->emitEQ(ElemT, E))
1748 return false;
1749 break;
1750 case BO_NE:
1751 if (!this->emitNE(ElemT, E))
1752 return false;
1753 break;
1754 case BO_LE:
1755 if (!this->emitLE(ElemT, E))
1756 return false;
1757 break;
1758 case BO_LT:
1759 if (!this->emitLT(ElemT, E))
1760 return false;
1761 break;
1762 case BO_GE:
1763 if (!this->emitGE(ElemT, E))
1764 return false;
1765 break;
1766 case BO_GT:
1767 if (!this->emitGT(ElemT, E))
1768 return false;
1769 break;
1770 case BO_LAnd:
1771 // a && b is equivalent to a!=0 & b!=0
1772 if (!this->emitBitAnd(ResultElemT, E))
1773 return false;
1774 break;
1775 case BO_LOr:
1776 // a || b is equivalent to a!=0 | b!=0
1777 if (!this->emitBitOr(ResultElemT, E))
1778 return false;
1779 break;
1780 default:
1781 return this->emitInvalid(E);
1782 }
1783
1784 // The result of the comparison is a vector of the same width and number
1785 // of elements as the comparison operands with a signed integral element
1786 // type.
1787 //
1788 // https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Vector-Extensions.html
1789 if (E->isComparisonOp()) {
1790 if (!this->emitPrimCast(PT_Bool, ResultElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
1791 return false;
1792 if (!this->emitNeg(ResultElemT, E))
1793 return false;
1794 }
1795
1796 // If we performed an integer promotion, we need to cast the compute result
1797 // into result vector element type.
1798 if (NeedIntPromot &&
1799 !this->emitPrimCast(PromotT, ResultElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
1800 return false;
1801
1802 // Initialize array element with the value we just computed.
1803 if (!this->emitInitElem(ResultElemT, I, E))
1804 return false;
1805 }
1806
1807 if (DiscardResult && E->isCompoundAssignmentOp() && !this->emitPopPtr(E))
1808 return false;
1809 return true;
1810}
1811
1812template <class Emitter>
1814 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1815 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1816 const ASTContext &ASTCtx = Ctx.getASTContext();
1817
1818 assert(LHS->getType()->isFixedPointType() ||
1819 RHS->getType()->isFixedPointType());
1820
1821 auto LHSSema = ASTCtx.getFixedPointSemantics(LHS->getType());
1822 auto LHSSemaInt = LHSSema.toOpaqueInt();
1823 auto RHSSema = ASTCtx.getFixedPointSemantics(RHS->getType());
1824 auto RHSSemaInt = RHSSema.toOpaqueInt();
1825
1826 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1827 return false;
1828 if (!LHS->getType()->isFixedPointType()) {
1829 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFixedPoint(classifyPrim(LHS->getType()),
1830 LHSSemaInt, E))
1831 return false;
1832 }
1833
1834 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1835 return false;
1836 if (!RHS->getType()->isFixedPointType()) {
1837 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFixedPoint(classifyPrim(RHS->getType()),
1838 RHSSemaInt, E))
1839 return false;
1840 }
1841
1842 // Convert the result to the target semantics.
1843 auto ConvertResult = [&](bool R) -> bool {
1844 if (!R)
1845 return false;
1846 auto ResultSema = ASTCtx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
1847 auto CommonSema = LHSSema.getCommonSemantics(RHSSema).toOpaqueInt();
1848 if (ResultSema != CommonSema)
1849 return this->emitCastFixedPoint(ResultSema, E);
1850 return true;
1851 };
1852
1853 auto MaybeCastToBool = [&](bool Result) {
1854 if (!Result)
1855 return false;
1856 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E);
1857 if (DiscardResult)
1858 return this->emitPop(T, E);
1859 if (T != PT_Bool)
1860 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, T, E);
1861 return true;
1862 };
1863
1864 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
1865 case BO_EQ:
1866 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitEQFixedPoint(E));
1867 case BO_NE:
1868 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitNEFixedPoint(E));
1869 case BO_LT:
1870 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLTFixedPoint(E));
1871 case BO_LE:
1872 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLEFixedPoint(E));
1873 case BO_GT:
1874 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGTFixedPoint(E));
1875 case BO_GE:
1876 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGEFixedPoint(E));
1877 case BO_Add:
1878 return ConvertResult(this->emitAddFixedPoint(E));
1879 case BO_Sub:
1880 return ConvertResult(this->emitSubFixedPoint(E));
1881 case BO_Mul:
1882 return ConvertResult(this->emitMulFixedPoint(E));
1883 case BO_Div:
1884 return ConvertResult(this->emitDivFixedPoint(E));
1885 case BO_Shl:
1886 return ConvertResult(this->emitShiftFixedPoint(/*Left=*/true, E));
1887 case BO_Shr:
1888 return ConvertResult(this->emitShiftFixedPoint(/*Left=*/false, E));
1889
1890 default:
1891 return this->emitInvalid(E);
1892 }
1893
1894 llvm_unreachable("unhandled binop opcode");
1895}
1896
1897template <class Emitter>
1899 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
1900 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isFixedPointType());
1901
1902 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
1903 case UO_Plus:
1904 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
1905 case UO_Minus:
1906 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
1907 return false;
1908 if (!this->emitNegFixedPoint(E))
1909 return false;
1910 if (DiscardResult)
1911 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
1912 return true;
1913 default:
1914 return false;
1915 }
1916
1917 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled unary opcode");
1918}
1919
1920template <class Emitter>
1922 const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E) {
1923 if (DiscardResult)
1924 return true;
1925
1926 QualType QT = E->getType();
1927
1928 if (OptPrimType T = classify(QT))
1929 return this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, QT, E);
1930
1931 if (QT->isRecordType()) {
1932 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->getAsRecordDecl();
1933 assert(RD);
1934 if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
1935 return false;
1936
1937 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
1938 CXXRD && CXXRD->getNumVBases() > 0) {
1939 // TODO: Diagnose.
1940 return false;
1941 }
1942
1943 const Record *R = getRecord(QT);
1944 if (!R)
1945 return false;
1946
1947 assert(Initializing);
1948 return this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E);
1949 }
1950
1951 if (QT->isIncompleteArrayType())
1952 return true;
1953
1954 if (QT->isArrayType())
1955 return this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(QT, E);
1956
1957 if (const auto *ComplexTy = E->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
1958 assert(Initializing);
1959 QualType ElemQT = ComplexTy->getElementType();
1960 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1961 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
1962 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1963 return false;
1964 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
1965 return false;
1966 }
1967 return true;
1968 }
1969
1970 if (const auto *VecT = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1971 unsigned NumVecElements = VecT->getNumElements();
1972 QualType ElemQT = VecT->getElementType();
1973 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1974
1975 for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumVecElements; ++I) {
1976 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1977 return false;
1978 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
1979 return false;
1980 }
1981 return true;
1982 }
1983
1984 if (const auto *MT = E->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
1985 unsigned NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
1986 QualType ElemQT = MT->getElementType();
1987 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1988
1989 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
1990 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1991 return false;
1992 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
1993 return false;
1994 }
1995 return true;
1996 }
1997
1998 return false;
1999}
2000
2001template <class Emitter>
2003 if (E->getType()->isVoidType() || E->containsErrors())
2004 return false;
2005
2006 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
2007 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
2008 const Expr *Index = E->getIdx();
2009 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
2010
2011 // C++17's rules require us to evaluate the LHS first, regardless of which
2012 // side is the base.
2013 bool Success = true;
2014 for (const Expr *SubExpr : {LHS, RHS}) {
2015 if (!this->visit(SubExpr)) {
2016 Success = false;
2017 continue;
2018 }
2019
2020 // Expand the base if this is a subscript on a
2021 // pointer expression.
2022 if (SubExpr == Base && Base->getType()->isPointerType()) {
2023 if (!this->emitExpandPtr(E))
2024 Success = false;
2025 }
2026 }
2027
2028 if (!Success)
2029 return false;
2030
2031 OptPrimType IndexT = classify(Index->getType());
2032 // In error-recovery cases, the index expression has a dependent type.
2033 if (!IndexT)
2034 return this->emitError(E);
2035 // If the index is first, we need to change that.
2036 if (LHS == Index) {
2037 if (!this->emitFlip(PT_Ptr, *IndexT, E))
2038 return false;
2039 }
2040
2041 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(*IndexT, E))
2042 return false;
2043 if (DiscardResult)
2044 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
2045
2046 if (E->isGLValue())
2047 return true;
2048
2050 return this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
2051}
2052
2053template <class Emitter>
2055 const Expr *ArrayFiller, const Expr *E) {
2057
2058 QualType QT = E->getType();
2059 if (const auto *AT = QT->getAs<AtomicType>())
2060 QT = AT->getValueType();
2061
2062 if (QT->isVoidType()) {
2063 if (Inits.size() == 0)
2064 return true;
2065 return this->emitInvalid(E);
2066 }
2067
2068 // Handle discarding first.
2069 if (DiscardResult) {
2070 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2071 if (!this->discard(Init))
2072 return false;
2073 }
2074 return true;
2075 }
2076
2077 // Primitive values.
2078 if (OptPrimType T = classify(QT)) {
2079 assert(!DiscardResult);
2080 if (Inits.size() == 0)
2081 return this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, QT, E);
2082 assert(Inits.size() == 1);
2083 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2084 }
2085
2086 if (QT->isRecordType()) {
2087 const Record *R = getRecord(QT);
2088
2089 if (Inits.size() == 1 && E->getType() == Inits[0]->getType())
2090 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2091
2092 if (!R)
2093 return false;
2094
2095 auto initPrimitiveField = [=](const Record::Field *FieldToInit,
2096 const Expr *Init, PrimType T,
2097 bool Activate = false) -> bool {
2099 if (!this->visit(Init))
2100 return false;
2101
2102 bool BitField = FieldToInit->isBitField();
2103 if (BitField && Activate)
2104 return this->emitInitBitFieldActivate(T, FieldToInit->Offset,
2105 FieldToInit->bitWidth(), E);
2106 if (BitField)
2107 return this->emitInitBitField(T, FieldToInit->Offset,
2108 FieldToInit->bitWidth(), E);
2109 if (Activate)
2110 return this->emitInitFieldActivate(T, FieldToInit->Offset, E);
2111 return this->emitInitField(T, FieldToInit->Offset, E);
2112 };
2113
2114 auto initCompositeField = [=](const Record::Field *FieldToInit,
2115 const Expr *Init,
2116 bool Activate = false) -> bool {
2118 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Field(FieldToInit->Offset));
2119
2120 // Non-primitive case. Get a pointer to the field-to-initialize
2121 // on the stack and recurse into visitInitializer().
2122 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(FieldToInit->Offset, Init))
2123 return false;
2124
2125 if (Activate && !this->emitActivate(E))
2126 return false;
2127
2128 return this->visitInitializerPop(Init);
2129 };
2130
2131 if (R->isUnion()) {
2132 if (Inits.size() == 0) {
2133 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E))
2134 return false;
2135 } else {
2136 const Expr *Init = Inits[0];
2137 const FieldDecl *FToInit = nullptr;
2138 if (const auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E))
2139 FToInit = ILE->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
2140 else
2141 FToInit = cast<CXXParenListInitExpr>(E)->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
2142
2143 const Record::Field *FieldToInit = R->getField(FToInit);
2144 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Init)) {
2145 if (!initPrimitiveField(FieldToInit, Init, *T, /*Activate=*/true))
2146 return false;
2147 } else {
2148 if (!initCompositeField(FieldToInit, Init, /*Activate=*/true))
2149 return false;
2150 }
2151 }
2152 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
2153 }
2154
2155 assert(!R->isUnion());
2156 for (unsigned BI = 0; BI != R->getNumBases(); ++BI) {
2157 const Expr *Init = Inits[BI];
2158 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BI);
2159 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B->Offset, Init))
2160 return false;
2161 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(Init))
2162 return false;
2163 }
2164
2165 unsigned FieldIndex = 0;
2166 for (unsigned FI = R->getNumBases(); FI != Inits.size();) {
2167 const Record::Field *FieldToInit = R->getField(FieldIndex);
2168 if (FieldToInit->isUnnamedBitField()) {
2169 ++FieldIndex;
2170 continue;
2171 }
2172
2173 const Expr *Init = Inits[FI];
2174 // If this is a child of a DesignatedInitUpdateExpr, skip elements which
2175 // aren't supposed to be modified.
2176 if (isa<NoInitExpr>(Init)) {
2177 ++FieldIndex;
2178 ++FI;
2179 continue;
2180 }
2181
2182 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Init)) {
2183 if (!initPrimitiveField(FieldToInit, Init, *T))
2184 return false;
2185 } else if (!initCompositeField(FieldToInit, Init)) {
2186 return false;
2187 }
2188
2189 ++FI;
2190 ++FieldIndex;
2191 }
2192
2193 assert(R->getNumVirtualBases() == 0);
2194
2195 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
2196 }
2197
2198 if (QT->isArrayType()) {
2199 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
2200 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(QT);
2201 uint64_t NumElems = CAT->getZExtSize();
2202
2203 if (Initializing && !this->emitCheckArrayDestSize(NumElems, E))
2204 return false;
2205
2206 if (Inits.size() == 1 && QT == Inits[0]->getType())
2207 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2208
2209 OptPrimType InitT = classify(CAT->getElementType());
2210 unsigned ElementIndex = 0;
2211 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2212 if (const auto *EmbedS =
2213 dyn_cast<EmbedExpr>(Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
2214 PrimType TargetT = classifyPrim(Init->getType());
2215
2216 auto Eval = [&](const IntegerLiteral *IL, unsigned ElemIndex) {
2217 if (TargetT == PT_Float) {
2218 if (!this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), classifyPrim(IL), Init))
2219 return false;
2220 const auto *Sem = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(CAT->getElementType());
2221 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFloating(classifyPrim(IL), Sem,
2222 getFPOptions(E), E))
2223 return false;
2224 } else {
2225 if (!this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), TargetT, Init))
2226 return false;
2227 }
2228 return this->emitInitElem(TargetT, ElemIndex, IL);
2229 };
2230 if (!EmbedS->doForEachDataElement(Eval, ElementIndex))
2231 return false;
2232 } else if (isa<NoInitExpr>(Init)) {
2233 // If this is a child of a DesignatedInitUpdateExpr, skip elements which
2234 // aren't supposed to be modified.
2235 ++ElementIndex;
2236 } else {
2237 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(ElementIndex, Init, InitT))
2238 return false;
2239 ++ElementIndex;
2240 }
2241 }
2242
2243 // Expand the filler expression.
2244 // FIXME: This should go away.
2245 if (ArrayFiller && !isa<NoInitExpr>(ArrayFiller)) {
2246 for (; ElementIndex != NumElems; ++ElementIndex) {
2247 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(ElementIndex, ArrayFiller, InitT))
2248 return false;
2249 }
2250 }
2251
2252 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
2253 }
2254
2255 if (const auto *ComplexTy = QT->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
2256 unsigned NumInits = Inits.size();
2257
2258 if (NumInits == 1)
2259 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2260
2261 QualType ElemQT = ComplexTy->getElementType();
2262 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2263 if (NumInits == 0) {
2264 // Zero-initialize both elements.
2265 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
2266 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
2267 return false;
2268 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
2269 return false;
2270 }
2271 } else if (NumInits == 2) {
2272 unsigned InitIndex = 0;
2273 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2274 if (!this->visit(Init))
2275 return false;
2276
2277 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, InitIndex, E))
2278 return false;
2279 ++InitIndex;
2280 }
2281 }
2282 return true;
2283 }
2284
2285 if (const auto *VecT = QT->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2286 unsigned NumVecElements = VecT->getNumElements();
2287 assert(NumVecElements >= Inits.size());
2288
2289 QualType ElemQT = VecT->getElementType();
2290 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2291
2292 // All initializer elements.
2293 unsigned InitIndex = 0;
2294 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2295 if (!this->visit(Init))
2296 return false;
2297
2298 // If the initializer is of vector type itself, we have to deconstruct
2299 // that and initialize all the target fields from the initializer fields.
2300 if (const auto *InitVecT = Init->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2301 if (!this->emitCopyArray(ElemT, 0, InitIndex,
2302 InitVecT->getNumElements(), E))
2303 return false;
2304 InitIndex += InitVecT->getNumElements();
2305 } else {
2306 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, InitIndex, E))
2307 return false;
2308 ++InitIndex;
2309 }
2310 }
2311
2312 assert(InitIndex <= NumVecElements);
2313
2314 // Fill the rest with zeroes.
2315 for (; InitIndex != NumVecElements; ++InitIndex) {
2316 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
2317 return false;
2318 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, InitIndex, E))
2319 return false;
2320 }
2321 return true;
2322 }
2323
2324 if (const auto *MT = QT->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
2325 unsigned NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
2326 assert(Inits.size() == NumElems);
2327
2328 QualType ElemQT = MT->getElementType();
2329 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2330
2331 // Matrix initializer list elements are in row-major order, which matches
2332 // the matrix APValue convention and therefore no index remapping is
2333 // required.
2334 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
2335 if (!this->visit(Inits[I]))
2336 return false;
2337 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
2338 return false;
2339 }
2340 return true;
2341 }
2342
2343 return false;
2344}
2345
2346/// Pointer to the array(not the element!) must be on the stack when calling
2347/// this.
2348template <class Emitter>
2349bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitArrayElemInit(unsigned ElemIndex, const Expr *Init,
2350 OptPrimType InitT) {
2351 if (InitT) {
2352 // Visit the primitive element like normal.
2353 if (!this->visit(Init))
2354 return false;
2355 return this->emitInitElem(*InitT, ElemIndex, Init);
2356 }
2357
2358 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Elem(ElemIndex));
2359 // Advance the pointer currently on the stack to the given
2360 // dimension.
2361 if (!this->emitConstUint32(ElemIndex, Init))
2362 return false;
2363 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(Init))
2364 return false;
2365 return this->visitInitializerPop(Init);
2366}
2367
2368template <class Emitter>
2370 const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl,
2371 bool Activate, bool IsOperatorCall) {
2372 assert(VarScope->getKind() == ScopeKind::Call);
2373 llvm::BitVector NonNullArgs;
2374 if (FuncDecl && FuncDecl->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>())
2375 NonNullArgs = collectNonNullArgs(FuncDecl, Args);
2376
2377 bool ExplicitMemberFn = false;
2378 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast_if_present<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl))
2379 ExplicitMemberFn = MD->isExplicitObjectMemberFunction();
2380
2381 unsigned ArgIndex = 0;
2382 for (const Expr *Arg : Args) {
2383 if (canClassify(Arg)) {
2384 if (!this->visit(Arg))
2385 return false;
2386 } else {
2387
2388 DeclTy Source = Arg;
2389 if (FuncDecl) {
2390 // Try to use the parameter declaration instead of the argument
2391 // expression as a source.
2392 unsigned DeclIndex = ArgIndex - IsOperatorCall + ExplicitMemberFn;
2393 if (DeclIndex < FuncDecl->getNumParams())
2394 Source = FuncDecl->getParamDecl(ArgIndex - IsOperatorCall +
2395 ExplicitMemberFn);
2396 }
2397
2398 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex =
2399 allocateLocal(std::move(Source), Arg->getType(), ScopeKind::Call);
2400 if (!LocalIndex)
2401 return false;
2402
2403 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, Arg))
2404 return false;
2405 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalIndex));
2406 if (!this->visitInitializer(Arg))
2407 return false;
2408 }
2409
2410 if (ArgIndex == 1 && Activate) {
2411 if (!this->emitActivate(Arg))
2412 return false;
2413 }
2414
2415 if (!NonNullArgs.empty() && NonNullArgs[ArgIndex]) {
2416 PrimType ArgT = classify(Arg).value_or(PT_Ptr);
2417 if (ArgT == PT_Ptr) {
2418 if (!this->emitCheckNonNullArg(ArgT, Arg))
2419 return false;
2420 }
2421 }
2422
2423 ++ArgIndex;
2424 }
2425
2426 return true;
2427}
2428
2429template <class Emitter>
2431 return this->visitInitList(E->inits(), E->getArrayFiller(), E);
2432}
2433
2434template <class Emitter>
2439
2440template <class Emitter>
2445
2446template <class Emitter>
2448 if (!E->hasAPValueResult())
2449 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
2450
2451 if (OptPrimType T = classify(E)) {
2452 // Try to emit the APValue directly, without visiting the subexpr.
2453 // This will only fail if we can't emit the APValue, so won't emit any
2454 // diagnostics or any double values.
2455 if (DiscardResult)
2456 return true;
2457 return this->visitAPValue(E->getAPValueResult(), *T, E);
2458 }
2459
2460 // Fall back to the subexpr for non-primitive APValues.
2461 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
2462}
2463
2464template <class Emitter>
2466 auto It = E->begin();
2467 return this->visit(*It);
2468}
2469
2471 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait Kind) {
2472 bool AlignOfReturnsPreferred =
2473 ASTCtx.getLangOpts().isCompatibleWith(LangOptions::ClangABI::Ver7);
2474
2475 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3:
2476 // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result is the
2477 // alignment of the referenced type.
2478 if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2479 T = Ref->getPointeeType();
2480
2481 if (T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned())
2482 return CharUnits::One();
2483
2484 // __alignof is defined to return the preferred alignment.
2485 // Before 8, clang returned the preferred alignment for alignof and
2486 // _Alignof as well.
2487 if (Kind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || AlignOfReturnsPreferred)
2488 return ASTCtx.toCharUnitsFromBits(ASTCtx.getPreferredTypeAlign(T));
2489
2490 return ASTCtx.getTypeAlignInChars(T);
2491}
2492
2493template <class Emitter>
2495 const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) {
2496
2497 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait Kind = E->getKind();
2498 const ASTContext &ASTCtx = Ctx.getASTContext();
2499
2500 if (Kind == UETT_SizeOf || Kind == UETT_DataSizeOf) {
2502
2503 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
2504 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
2505 if (const auto *Ref = ArgType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2506 ArgType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2507
2508 CharUnits Size;
2509 if (ArgType->isVoidType() || ArgType->isFunctionType())
2510 Size = CharUnits::One();
2511 else {
2512 if (ArgType->isDependentType() || !ArgType->isConstantSizeType())
2513 return this->emitInvalid(E);
2514
2515 if (Kind == UETT_SizeOf)
2516 Size = ASTCtx.getTypeSizeInChars(ArgType);
2517 else
2519 }
2520
2521 if (DiscardResult)
2522 return true;
2523
2524 return this->emitConst(Size.getQuantity(), E);
2525 }
2526
2527 if (Kind == UETT_CountOf) {
2528 QualType Ty = E->getTypeOfArgument();
2529 assert(Ty->isArrayType());
2530
2531 // We don't need to worry about array element qualifiers, so getting the
2532 // unsafe array type is fine.
2533 if (const auto *CAT =
2534 dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())) {
2535 if (DiscardResult)
2536 return true;
2537 return this->emitConst(CAT->getSize(), E);
2538 }
2539
2540 assert(!Ty->isConstantSizeType());
2541
2542 // If it's a variable-length array type, we need to check whether it is a
2543 // multidimensional array. If so, we need to check the size expression of
2544 // the VLA to see if it's a constant size. If so, we can return that value.
2545 const auto *VAT = ASTCtx.getAsVariableArrayType(Ty);
2546 assert(VAT);
2547 if (VAT->getElementType()->isArrayType()) {
2548 std::optional<APSInt> Res =
2549 VAT->getSizeExpr()
2550 ? VAT->getSizeExpr()->getIntegerConstantExpr(ASTCtx)
2551 : std::nullopt;
2552 if (Res) {
2553 if (DiscardResult)
2554 return true;
2555 return this->emitConst(*Res, E);
2556 }
2557 }
2558 }
2559
2560 if (Kind == UETT_AlignOf || Kind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) {
2561 CharUnits Size;
2562
2563 if (E->isArgumentType()) {
2565
2566 Size = AlignOfType(ArgType, ASTCtx, Kind);
2567 } else {
2568 // Argument is an expression, not a type.
2569 const Expr *Arg = E->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens();
2570
2571 if (Arg->getType()->isDependentType())
2572 return false;
2573
2574 // The kinds of expressions that we have special-case logic here for
2575 // should be kept up to date with the special checks for those
2576 // expressions in Sema.
2577
2578 // alignof decl is always accepted, even if it doesn't make sense: we
2579 // default to 1 in those cases.
2580 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg))
2581 Size = ASTCtx.getDeclAlign(DRE->getDecl(),
2582 /*RefAsPointee*/ true);
2583 else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Arg))
2584 Size = ASTCtx.getDeclAlign(ME->getMemberDecl(),
2585 /*RefAsPointee*/ true);
2586 else
2587 Size = AlignOfType(Arg->getType(), ASTCtx, Kind);
2588 }
2589
2590 if (DiscardResult)
2591 return true;
2592
2593 return this->emitConst(Size.getQuantity(), E);
2594 }
2595
2596 if (Kind == UETT_VectorElements) {
2597 if (E->containsErrors())
2598 return false;
2599
2600 if (const auto *VT = E->getTypeOfArgument()->getAs<VectorType>())
2601 return this->emitConst(VT->getNumElements(), E);
2603 return this->emitSizelessVectorElementSize(E);
2604 }
2605
2606 if (Kind == UETT_VecStep) {
2607 if (const auto *VT = E->getTypeOfArgument()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2608 unsigned N = VT->getNumElements();
2609
2610 // The vec_step built-in functions that take a 3-component
2611 // vector return 4. (OpenCL 1.1 spec 6.11.12)
2612 if (N == 3)
2613 N = 4;
2614
2615 return this->emitConst(N, E);
2616 }
2617 return this->emitConst(1, E);
2618 }
2619
2620 if (Kind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) {
2621 if (E->containsErrors())
2622 return false;
2623 assert(E->isArgumentType());
2624 unsigned Bits = ASTCtx.getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(E->getArgumentType());
2625
2626 return this->emitConst(ASTCtx.toCharUnitsFromBits(Bits).getQuantity(), E);
2627 }
2628
2629 if (Kind == UETT_PtrAuthTypeDiscriminator) {
2630 if (E->getArgumentType()->isDependentType())
2631 return this->emitInvalid(E);
2632
2633 return this->emitConst(
2634 const_cast<ASTContext &>(ASTCtx).getPointerAuthTypeDiscriminator(
2635 E->getArgumentType()),
2636 E);
2637 }
2638
2639 return false;
2640}
2641
2642template <class Emitter>
2644 // 'Base.Member'
2645 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
2646 const ValueDecl *Member = E->getMemberDecl();
2647
2648 if (DiscardResult)
2649 return this->discard(Base);
2650
2651 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Member)) {
2652 // I am almost confident in saying that a var decl must be static
2653 // and therefore registered as a global variable.
2654 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD)) {
2655 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
2656 return false;
2657 if (Member->getType()->isReferenceType())
2658 return this->emitLoadPopPtr(E);
2659 return true;
2660 }
2661 return false;
2662 }
2663
2664 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2665 // A non-static member function access only makes sense as part of the
2666 // enclosing call here. Don't try to evaluate it in isolation.
2667 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member);
2668 MD && !MD->isStatic()) {
2669 return false;
2670 }
2671
2672 if (!this->discard(Base) && !this->emitSideEffect(E))
2673 return false;
2674
2675 return this->visitDeclRef(Member, E);
2676 }
2677
2678 if (!this->visit(Base))
2679 return false;
2680
2681 // Base above gives us a pointer on the stack.
2682 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Member);
2683 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
2684 const Record *R = getRecord(RD);
2685 if (!R)
2686 return false;
2687 const Record::Field *F = R->getField(FD);
2688
2689 // MemberExprs are almost always lvalues, in which case we don't need to
2690 // do the load. But sometimes they aren't.
2691 const auto maybeLoadValue = [&]() -> bool {
2692 if (E->isGLValue())
2693 return true;
2694 if (OptPrimType T = classify(E))
2695 return this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
2696 return false;
2697 };
2698
2699 // Leave a pointer to the field on the stack.
2700 if (F->Decl->getType()->isReferenceType())
2701 return this->emitGetFieldPop(PT_Ptr, F->Offset, E) && maybeLoadValue();
2702 return this->emitGetPtrFieldPop(F->Offset, E) && maybeLoadValue();
2703}
2704
2705template <class Emitter>
2707 assert(!DiscardResult);
2708 // ArrayIndex might not be set if a ArrayInitIndexExpr is being evaluated
2709 // stand-alone, e.g. via EvaluateAsInt().
2710 if (!ArrayIndex)
2711 return false;
2712 return this->emitConst(*ArrayIndex, E);
2713}
2714
2715template <class Emitter>
2717 assert(Initializing);
2718 assert(!DiscardResult);
2719
2720 const Expr *Common = E->getCommonExpr();
2721 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
2722 OptPrimType SubExprT = classify(SubExpr);
2723 size_t Size = E->getArraySize().getZExtValue();
2724
2725 if (SubExprT) {
2726 // Unwrap the OpaqueValueExpr so we don't cache something we won't reuse.
2727 Common = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Common)->getSourceExpr();
2728
2729 if (!this->visit(Common))
2730 return false;
2731 return this->emitCopyArray(*SubExprT, 0, 0, Size, E);
2732 }
2733
2734 // We visit the common opaque expression here once so we have its value
2735 // cached.
2736 if (!this->discard(Common))
2737 return false;
2738
2739 // TODO: This compiles to quite a lot of bytecode if the array is larger.
2740 // Investigate compiling this to a loop.
2741
2742 // So, every iteration, we execute an assignment here
2743 // where the LHS is on the stack (the target array)
2744 // and the RHS is our SubExpr.
2745 for (size_t I = 0; I != Size; ++I) {
2746 ArrayIndexScope<Emitter> IndexScope(this, I);
2748
2749 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(I, SubExpr, SubExprT))
2750 return false;
2751 if (!BS.destroyLocals())
2752 return false;
2753 }
2754 return true;
2755}
2756
2757template <class Emitter>
2759 const Expr *SourceExpr = E->getSourceExpr();
2760 if (!SourceExpr)
2761 return false;
2762
2763 if (Initializing) {
2764 assert(!DiscardResult);
2765 return this->visitInitializer(SourceExpr);
2766 }
2767
2768 PrimType SubExprT = classify(SourceExpr).value_or(PT_Ptr);
2769 if (auto It = OpaqueExprs.find(E); It != OpaqueExprs.end()) {
2770 if (DiscardResult)
2771 return true;
2772 return this->emitGetLocal(SubExprT, It->second, E);
2773 }
2774
2775 if (!this->visit(SourceExpr))
2776 return false;
2777
2778 // At this point we either have the evaluated source expression or a pointer
2779 // to an object on the stack. We want to create a local variable that stores
2780 // this value.
2781 unsigned LocalIndex = allocateLocalPrimitive(E, SubExprT, /*IsConst=*/true);
2782 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SubExprT, LocalIndex, E))
2783 return false;
2784
2785 // This is cleaned up when the local variable is destroyed.
2786 OpaqueExprs.insert({E, LocalIndex});
2787
2788 // Here the local variable is created but the value is removed from the stack,
2789 // so we put it back if the caller needs it.
2790 if (!DiscardResult)
2791 return this->emitGetLocal(SubExprT, LocalIndex, E);
2792 return true;
2793}
2794
2795template <class Emitter>
2797 const AbstractConditionalOperator *E) {
2798 const Expr *Condition = E->getCond();
2799 const Expr *TrueExpr = E->getTrueExpr();
2800 const Expr *FalseExpr = E->getFalseExpr();
2801
2802 if (std::optional<bool> BoolValue = getBoolValue(Condition)) {
2803 if (*BoolValue)
2804 return this->delegate(TrueExpr);
2805 return this->delegate(FalseExpr);
2806 }
2807
2808 bool IsBcpCall = false;
2809 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Condition->IgnoreParenCasts());
2810 CE && CE->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p) {
2811 IsBcpCall = true;
2812 }
2813
2814 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel(); // Label after the operator.
2815 LabelTy LabelFalse = this->getLabel(); // Label for the false expr.
2816
2817 if (IsBcpCall) {
2818 if (!this->emitPushIgnoreDiags(E))
2819 return false;
2820 }
2821
2822 if (!this->visitBool(Condition)) {
2823 // If the condition failed and we're checking for undefined behavior
2824 // (which only happens with EvalEmitter) check the TrueExpr and FalseExpr
2825 // as well.
2826 if (this->checkingForUndefinedBehavior()) {
2827 if (!this->discard(TrueExpr))
2828 return false;
2829 if (!this->discard(FalseExpr))
2830 return false;
2831 }
2832 return false;
2833 }
2834
2835 // Force-init the scope, which creates a InitScope op. This is necessary so
2836 // the scope is not only initialized in one arm of the conditional operator.
2837 this->VarScope->forceInit();
2838 // The TrueExpr and FalseExpr of a conditional operator do _not_ create a
2839 // scope, which means the local variables created within them unconditionally
2840 // always exist. However, we need to later differentiate which branch was
2841 // taken and only destroy the varibles of the active branch. This is what the
2842 // "enabled" flags on local variables are used for.
2843 llvm::SaveAndRestore LAAA(this->VarScope->LocalsAlwaysEnabled,
2844 /*NewValue=*/false);
2845
2846 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelFalse, E))
2847 return false;
2848 if (!this->delegate(TrueExpr))
2849 return false;
2850
2851 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, E))
2852 return false;
2853 this->emitLabel(LabelFalse);
2854 if (!this->delegate(FalseExpr))
2855 return false;
2856
2857 this->fallthrough(LabelEnd);
2858 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
2859
2860 if (IsBcpCall)
2861 return this->emitPopIgnoreDiags(E);
2862 return true;
2863}
2864
2865template <class Emitter>
2867 if (DiscardResult)
2868 return true;
2869
2870 if (!Initializing) {
2871 unsigned StringIndex = P.createGlobalString(E);
2872 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(StringIndex, E);
2873 }
2874
2875 // We are initializing an array on the stack.
2876 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
2877 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(E->getType());
2878 assert(CAT && "a string literal that's not a constant array?");
2879
2880 // If the initializer string is too long, a diagnostic has already been
2881 // emitted. Read only the array length from the string literal.
2882 unsigned ArraySize = CAT->getZExtSize();
2883 unsigned N = std::min(ArraySize, E->getLength());
2884 unsigned CharWidth = E->getCharByteWidth();
2885
2886 for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I) {
2887 uint32_t CodeUnit = E->getCodeUnit(I);
2888
2889 if (CharWidth == 1) {
2890 this->emitConstSint8(CodeUnit, E);
2891 this->emitInitElemSint8(I, E);
2892 } else if (CharWidth == 2) {
2893 this->emitConstUint16(CodeUnit, E);
2894 this->emitInitElemUint16(I, E);
2895 } else if (CharWidth == 4) {
2896 this->emitConstUint32(CodeUnit, E);
2897 this->emitInitElemUint32(I, E);
2898 } else {
2899 llvm_unreachable("unsupported character width");
2900 }
2901 }
2902
2903 // Fill up the rest of the char array with NUL bytes.
2904 for (unsigned I = N; I != ArraySize; ++I) {
2905 if (CharWidth == 1) {
2906 this->emitConstSint8(0, E);
2907 this->emitInitElemSint8(I, E);
2908 } else if (CharWidth == 2) {
2909 this->emitConstUint16(0, E);
2910 this->emitInitElemUint16(I, E);
2911 } else if (CharWidth == 4) {
2912 this->emitConstUint32(0, E);
2913 this->emitInitElemUint32(I, E);
2914 } else {
2915 llvm_unreachable("unsupported character width");
2916 }
2917 }
2918
2919 return true;
2920}
2921
2922template <class Emitter>
2924 if (DiscardResult)
2925 return true;
2926 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
2927}
2928
2929template <class Emitter>
2931 auto &A = Ctx.getASTContext();
2932 std::string Str;
2933 A.getObjCEncodingForType(E->getEncodedType(), Str);
2934 StringLiteral *SL =
2936 /*Pascal=*/false, E->getType(), E->getAtLoc());
2937 return this->delegate(SL);
2938}
2939
2940template <class Emitter>
2942 const SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *E) {
2943 if (DiscardResult)
2944 return true;
2945
2946 assert(!Initializing);
2947
2948 auto &A = Ctx.getASTContext();
2949 std::string ResultStr = E->ComputeName(A);
2950
2951 QualType CharTy = A.CharTy.withConst();
2952 APInt Size(A.getTypeSize(A.getSizeType()), ResultStr.size() + 1);
2953 QualType ArrayTy = A.getConstantArrayType(CharTy, Size, nullptr,
2955
2956 StringLiteral *SL =
2958 /*Pascal=*/false, ArrayTy, E->getLocation());
2959
2960 unsigned StringIndex = P.createGlobalString(SL);
2961 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(StringIndex, E);
2962}
2963
2964template <class Emitter>
2966 if (DiscardResult)
2967 return true;
2968 return this->emitConst(E->getValue(), E);
2969}
2970
2971template <class Emitter>
2973 const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
2974
2975 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
2976 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
2977 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
2978 QualType LHSComputationType = E->getComputationLHSType();
2979 QualType ResultType = E->getComputationResultType();
2980 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHSComputationType);
2981 OptPrimType RT = classify(ResultType);
2982
2983 assert(ResultType->isFloatingType());
2984
2985 if (!LT || !RT)
2986 return false;
2987
2988 PrimType LHST = classifyPrim(LHSType);
2989
2990 // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first.
2991 // Compute RHS and save it in a temporary variable so we can
2992 // load it again later.
2993 if (!visit(RHS))
2994 return false;
2995
2996 unsigned TempOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(E, *RT, /*IsConst=*/true);
2997 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
2998 return false;
2999
3000 // First, visit LHS.
3001 if (!visit(LHS))
3002 return false;
3003 if (!this->emitLoad(LHST, E))
3004 return false;
3005
3006 // If necessary, convert LHS to its computation type.
3007 if (!this->emitPrimCast(LHST, classifyPrim(LHSComputationType),
3008 LHSComputationType, E))
3009 return false;
3010
3011 // Now load RHS.
3012 if (!this->emitGetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3013 return false;
3014
3015 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
3016 case BO_AddAssign:
3017 if (!this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3018 return false;
3019 break;
3020 case BO_SubAssign:
3021 if (!this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3022 return false;
3023 break;
3024 case BO_MulAssign:
3025 if (!this->emitMulf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3026 return false;
3027 break;
3028 case BO_DivAssign:
3029 if (!this->emitDivf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3030 return false;
3031 break;
3032 default:
3033 return false;
3034 }
3035
3036 if (!this->emitPrimCast(classifyPrim(ResultType), LHST, LHS->getType(), E))
3037 return false;
3038
3039 if (DiscardResult)
3040 return this->emitStorePop(LHST, E);
3041 return this->emitStore(LHST, E);
3042}
3043
3044template <class Emitter>
3046 const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
3047 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
3048 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
3049 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
3050 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS->getType());
3051 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS->getType());
3052
3053 if (Op != BO_AddAssign && Op != BO_SubAssign)
3054 return false;
3055
3056 if (!LT || !RT)
3057 return false;
3058
3059 if (!visit(LHS))
3060 return false;
3061
3062 if (!this->emitLoad(*LT, LHS))
3063 return false;
3064
3065 if (!visit(RHS))
3066 return false;
3067
3068 if (Op == BO_AddAssign) {
3069 if (!this->emitAddOffset(*RT, E))
3070 return false;
3071 } else {
3072 if (!this->emitSubOffset(*RT, E))
3073 return false;
3074 }
3075
3076 if (DiscardResult)
3077 return this->emitStorePopPtr(E);
3078 return this->emitStorePtr(E);
3079}
3080
3081template <class Emitter>
3083 const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
3084 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
3085 return VisitVectorBinOp(E);
3086
3087 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
3088 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
3089 OptPrimType LHSComputationT = classify(E->getComputationLHSType());
3090 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS->getType());
3091 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS->getType());
3092 OptPrimType ResultT = classify(E->getType());
3093
3094 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
3095 return this->visit(RHS) && this->visit(LHS) && this->emitError(E);
3096
3097 if (!LT || !RT || !ResultT || !LHSComputationT)
3098 return false;
3099
3100 // Handle floating point operations separately here, since they
3101 // require special care.
3102
3103 if (ResultT == PT_Float || RT == PT_Float)
3105
3106 if (E->getType()->isPointerType())
3108
3109 assert(!E->getType()->isPointerType() && "Handled above");
3110 assert(!E->getType()->isFloatingType() && "Handled above");
3111
3112 // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first.
3113 // Compute RHS and save it in a temporary variable so we can
3114 // load it again later.
3115 // FIXME: Compound assignments are unsequenced in C, so we might
3116 // have to figure out how to reject them.
3117 if (!visit(RHS))
3118 return false;
3119
3120 unsigned TempOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(E, *RT, /*IsConst=*/true);
3121
3122 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3123 return false;
3124
3125 // Get LHS pointer, load its value and cast it to the
3126 // computation type if necessary.
3127 if (!visit(LHS))
3128 return false;
3129 if (!this->emitLoad(*LT, E))
3130 return false;
3131 if (LT != LHSComputationT &&
3132 !this->emitIntegralCast(*LT, *LHSComputationT, E->getComputationLHSType(),
3133 E))
3134 return false;
3135
3136 // Get the RHS value on the stack.
3137 if (!this->emitGetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3138 return false;
3139
3140 // Perform operation.
3141 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
3142 case BO_AddAssign:
3143 if (!this->emitAdd(*LHSComputationT, E))
3144 return false;
3145 break;
3146 case BO_SubAssign:
3147 if (!this->emitSub(*LHSComputationT, E))
3148 return false;
3149 break;
3150 case BO_MulAssign:
3151 if (!this->emitMul(*LHSComputationT, E))
3152 return false;
3153 break;
3154 case BO_DivAssign:
3155 if (!this->emitDiv(*LHSComputationT, E))
3156 return false;
3157 break;
3158 case BO_RemAssign:
3159 if (!this->emitRem(*LHSComputationT, E))
3160 return false;
3161 break;
3162 case BO_ShlAssign:
3163 if (!this->emitShl(*LHSComputationT, *RT, E))
3164 return false;
3165 break;
3166 case BO_ShrAssign:
3167 if (!this->emitShr(*LHSComputationT, *RT, E))
3168 return false;
3169 break;
3170 case BO_AndAssign:
3171 if (!this->emitBitAnd(*LHSComputationT, E))
3172 return false;
3173 break;
3174 case BO_XorAssign:
3175 if (!this->emitBitXor(*LHSComputationT, E))
3176 return false;
3177 break;
3178 case BO_OrAssign:
3179 if (!this->emitBitOr(*LHSComputationT, E))
3180 return false;
3181 break;
3182 default:
3183 llvm_unreachable("Unimplemented compound assign operator");
3184 }
3185
3186 // And now cast from LHSComputationT to ResultT.
3187 if (ResultT != LHSComputationT &&
3188 !this->emitIntegralCast(*LHSComputationT, *ResultT, E->getType(), E))
3189 return false;
3190
3191 // And store the result in LHS.
3192 if (DiscardResult) {
3193 if (LHS->refersToBitField())
3194 return this->emitStoreBitFieldPop(*ResultT, E);
3195 return this->emitStorePop(*ResultT, E);
3196 }
3197 if (LHS->refersToBitField())
3198 return this->emitStoreBitField(*ResultT, E);
3199 return this->emitStore(*ResultT, E);
3200}
3201
3202template <class Emitter>
3205 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
3206
3207 return this->delegate(SubExpr) && ES.destroyLocals(E);
3208}
3209
3210template <class Emitter>
3212 const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E) {
3213 if (Initializing) {
3214 // We already have a value, just initialize that.
3215 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
3216 }
3217 // If we don't end up using the materialized temporary anyway, don't
3218 // bother creating it.
3219 if (DiscardResult)
3220 return this->discard(E->getSubExpr());
3221
3224 const Expr *Inner;
3225 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3226 Inner =
3227 E->getSubExpr()->skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs, Adjustments);
3228 else
3229 Inner = E->getSubExpr();
3230
3231 // If we passed any comma operators, evaluate their LHSs.
3232 for (const Expr *LHS : CommaLHSs) {
3233 if (!this->discard(LHS))
3234 return false;
3235 }
3236
3237 // FIXME: Find a test case where Adjustments matters.
3238
3239 // When we're extending a global variable *or* the storage duration of
3240 // the temporary is explicitly static, create a global variable.
3241 OptPrimType InnerT = classify(Inner);
3242 const ValueDecl *ExtendingDecl = E->getExtendingDecl();
3243 bool IsStatic = E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static;
3244 if (IsStatic ||
3245 (ExtendingDecl && Context::shouldBeGloballyIndexed(ExtendingDecl))) {
3246 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.createGlobal(E, Inner->getType());
3247 if (!GlobalIndex)
3248 return false;
3249
3250 const LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *TempDecl =
3252
3253 if (InnerT) {
3254 if (!this->visit(Inner))
3255 return false;
3256
3257 if (IsStatic) {
3258 assert(TempDecl);
3259 if (!this->emitInitGlobalTemp(*InnerT, *GlobalIndex, TempDecl, E))
3260 return false;
3261 } else {
3262 if (!this->emitInitGlobal(*InnerT, *GlobalIndex, E))
3263 return false;
3264 }
3265 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E);
3266 }
3267
3268 if (!this->checkLiteralType(Inner))
3269 return false;
3270 // Non-primitive values.
3271 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
3272 return false;
3273 if (!this->visitInitializer(Inner))
3274 return false;
3275 if (IsStatic) {
3276 assert(TempDecl);
3277 return this->emitInitGlobalTempComp(TempDecl, E);
3278 }
3279 return true;
3280 }
3281
3285
3286 // For everyhing else, use local variables.
3287 if (InnerT) {
3288 bool IsConst = Inner->getType().isConstQualified();
3289 bool IsVolatile = Inner->getType().isVolatileQualified();
3290 unsigned LocalIndex =
3291 allocateLocalPrimitive(E, *InnerT, IsConst, IsVolatile, VarScope);
3292 if (!this->VarScope->LocalsAlwaysEnabled &&
3293 !this->emitEnableLocal(LocalIndex, E))
3294 return false;
3295
3296 if (!this->visit(Inner))
3297 return false;
3298 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*InnerT, LocalIndex, E))
3299 return false;
3300
3301 return this->emitGetPtrLocal(LocalIndex, E);
3302 }
3303
3304 if (!this->checkLiteralType(Inner))
3305 return false;
3306
3307 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex =
3308 allocateLocal(E, Inner->getType(), VarScope)) {
3309 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalIndex));
3310
3311 if (!this->VarScope->LocalsAlwaysEnabled &&
3312 !this->emitEnableLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3313 return false;
3314
3315 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3316 return false;
3317 return this->visitInitializer(Inner);
3318 }
3319 return false;
3320}
3321
3322template <class Emitter>
3324 const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
3325 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
3326
3327 if (Initializing)
3328 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
3329
3330 // Make sure we create a temporary even if we're discarding, since that will
3331 // make sure we will also call the destructor.
3332
3333 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
3334 return false;
3335
3336 if (DiscardResult)
3337 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3338 return true;
3339}
3340
3341template <class Emitter>
3343 const Expr *Init = E->getInitializer();
3344 if (DiscardResult)
3345 return this->discard(Init);
3346
3347 if (Initializing) {
3348 // We already have a value, just initialize that.
3349 return this->visitInitializer(Init);
3350 }
3351
3352 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
3353 if (E->isFileScope()) {
3354 // Avoid creating a variable if this is a primitive RValue anyway.
3355 if (T && !E->isLValue())
3356 return this->delegate(Init);
3357
3358 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.createGlobal(E, E->getType());
3359 if (!GlobalIndex)
3360 return false;
3361
3362 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
3363 return false;
3364
3365 // Since this is a global variable, we might've already seen,
3366 // don't do it again.
3367 if (P.isGlobalInitialized(*GlobalIndex))
3368 return true;
3369
3370 if (T) {
3371 if (!this->visit(Init))
3372 return false;
3373 return this->emitInitGlobal(*T, *GlobalIndex, E);
3374 }
3375
3376 return this->visitInitializer(Init);
3377 }
3378
3379 // Otherwise, use a local variable.
3380 if (T && !E->isLValue()) {
3381 // For primitive types, we just visit the initializer.
3382 return this->delegate(Init);
3383 }
3384
3385 unsigned LocalIndex;
3386 if (T)
3387 LocalIndex = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Init, *T, /*IsConst=*/false);
3388 else if (UnsignedOrNone MaybeIndex = this->allocateLocal(Init))
3389 LocalIndex = *MaybeIndex;
3390 else
3391 return false;
3392
3393 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(LocalIndex, E))
3394 return false;
3395
3396 if (T)
3397 return this->visit(Init) && this->emitInit(*T, E);
3398 return this->visitInitializer(Init);
3399}
3400
3401template <class Emitter>
3403 if (DiscardResult)
3404 return true;
3405 if (E->isStoredAsBoolean()) {
3406 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
3407 return this->emitConstBool(E->getBoolValue(), E);
3408 return this->emitConst(E->getBoolValue(), E);
3409 }
3410 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
3411 return this->visitAPValue(E->getAPValue(), T, E);
3412}
3413
3414template <class Emitter>
3416 if (DiscardResult)
3417 return true;
3418 return this->emitConst(E->getValue(), E);
3419}
3420
3421template <class Emitter>
3423 if (DiscardResult)
3424 return true;
3425
3426 assert(Initializing);
3427 const Record *R = P.getOrCreateRecord(E->getLambdaClass());
3428 if (!R)
3429 return false;
3430
3431 auto *CaptureInitIt = E->capture_init_begin();
3432 // Initialize all fields (which represent lambda captures) of the
3433 // record with their initializers.
3434 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
3435 const Expr *Init = *CaptureInitIt;
3436 if (!Init || Init->containsErrors())
3437 continue;
3438 ++CaptureInitIt;
3439
3440 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Init)) {
3441 if (!this->visit(Init))
3442 return false;
3443
3444 if (!this->emitInitField(*T, F.Offset, E))
3445 return false;
3446 } else {
3447 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(F.Offset, E))
3448 return false;
3449
3450 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(Init))
3451 return false;
3452 }
3453 }
3454
3455 return true;
3456}
3457
3458template <class Emitter>
3460 if (DiscardResult)
3461 return true;
3462
3463 if (!Initializing) {
3464 unsigned StringIndex = P.createGlobalString(E->getFunctionName(), E);
3465 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(StringIndex, E);
3466 }
3467
3468 return this->delegate(E->getFunctionName());
3469}
3470
3471template <class Emitter>
3473 if (E->getSubExpr() && !this->discard(E->getSubExpr()))
3474 return false;
3475
3476 return this->emitInvalid(E);
3477}
3478
3479template <class Emitter>
3481 const CXXReinterpretCastExpr *E) {
3482 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
3483
3484 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr);
3485 OptPrimType ToT = classify(E);
3486
3487 if (!FromT || !ToT)
3488 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
3489
3490 if (FromT == PT_Ptr || ToT == PT_Ptr) {
3491 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, /*Fatal=*/false, E))
3492 return false;
3493 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueBitCast)
3494 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
3495 return this->VisitCastExpr(E);
3496 }
3497
3498 // Try to actually do the cast.
3499 bool Fatal = (ToT != FromT);
3500 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, Fatal, E))
3501 return false;
3502
3503 return this->VisitCastExpr(E);
3504}
3505
3506template <class Emitter>
3508 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) {
3509 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Dynamic, /*Fatal=*/false, E))
3510 return false;
3511 }
3512
3513 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_Dynamic)
3514 return this->VisitCastExpr(E);
3515
3516 QualType DestType = E->getType();
3517 // "target type must be a reference or pointer type to a defined class"
3518 if (DestType->isRecordType()) {
3519 assert(E->isGLValue());
3520 } else {
3521 assert(DestType->isPointerOrReferenceType());
3522 assert(DestType->isVoidPointerType() ||
3523 DestType->getPointeeType()->isRecordType());
3524 DestType = DestType->getPointeeType();
3525 }
3526
3527 if (!this->visit(E->getSubExpr()))
3528 return false;
3529 if (!this->emitDynamicCast(DestType.getTypePtr(),
3530 /*IsReferenceCast=*/E->isGLValue(), E))
3531 return false;
3532
3533 if (DiscardResult)
3534 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3535 return true;
3536}
3537
3538template <class Emitter>
3540 assert(E->getType()->isBooleanType());
3541
3542 if (DiscardResult)
3543 return true;
3544 return this->emitConstBool(E->getValue(), E);
3545}
3546
3547template <class Emitter>
3549 QualType T = E->getType();
3550 assert(!canClassify(T));
3551
3552 if (T->isRecordType()) {
3553 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = E->getConstructor();
3554
3555 // If we're discarding a construct expression, we still need
3556 // to allocate a variable and call the constructor and destructor.
3557 if (DiscardResult) {
3558 if (Ctor->isTrivial())
3559 return true;
3560 assert(!Initializing);
3561 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
3562
3563 if (!LocalIndex)
3564 return false;
3565
3566 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3567 return false;
3568 }
3569
3570 // Trivial copy/move constructor. Avoid copy.
3571 if (Ctor->isDefaulted() && Ctor->isCopyOrMoveConstructor() &&
3572 Ctor->isTrivial() &&
3573 E->getArg(0)->isTemporaryObject(Ctx.getASTContext(),
3574 T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()))
3575 return this->visitInitializer(E->getArg(0));
3576
3577 // Zero initialization.
3578 bool ZeroInit = E->requiresZeroInitialization();
3579 if (ZeroInit) {
3580 const Record *R = getRecord(E->getType());
3581 if (!R)
3582 return false;
3583
3584 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E))
3585 return false;
3586
3587 // If the constructor is trivial anyway, we're done.
3588 if (Ctor->isTrivial())
3589 return true;
3590 }
3591
3592 // Avoid materializing a temporary for an elidable copy/move constructor.
3593 if (!ZeroInit && E->isElidable()) {
3594 const Expr *SrcObj = E->getArg(0);
3595 assert(SrcObj->isTemporaryObject(Ctx.getASTContext(), Ctor->getParent()));
3596 assert(Ctx.getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(E->getType(),
3597 SrcObj->getType()));
3598 if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(SrcObj)) {
3599 if (!this->emitCheckFunctionDecl(Ctor, E))
3600 return false;
3601 return this->visitInitializer(ME->getSubExpr());
3602 }
3603 }
3604
3605 const Function *Func = getFunction(Ctor);
3606
3607 if (!Func)
3608 return false;
3609
3610 assert(Func->hasThisPointer());
3611 assert(!Func->hasRVO());
3612
3613 // The This pointer is already on the stack because this is an initializer,
3614 // but we need to dup() so the call() below has its own copy.
3615 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
3616 return false;
3617
3618 // Constructor arguments.
3619 for (const auto *Arg : E->arguments()) {
3620 if (!this->visit(Arg))
3621 return false;
3622 }
3623
3624 if (Func->isVariadic()) {
3625 uint32_t VarArgSize = 0;
3626 unsigned NumParams = Func->getNumWrittenParams();
3627 for (unsigned I = NumParams, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
3628 VarArgSize +=
3629 align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)->getType()).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
3630 }
3631 if (!this->emitCallVar(Func, VarArgSize, E))
3632 return false;
3633 } else {
3634 if (!this->emitCall(Func, 0, E)) {
3635 // When discarding, we don't need the result anyway, so clean up
3636 // the instance dup we did earlier in case surrounding code wants
3637 // to keep evaluating.
3638 if (DiscardResult)
3639 (void)this->emitPopPtr(E);
3640 return false;
3641 }
3642 }
3643
3644 if (DiscardResult)
3645 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3646 return true;
3647 }
3648
3649 if (T->isArrayType()) {
3650 const Function *Func = getFunction(E->getConstructor());
3651 if (!Func)
3652 return false;
3653
3654 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
3655 return false;
3656
3657 std::function<bool(QualType)> initArrayDimension;
3658 initArrayDimension = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
3659 if (!T->isArrayType()) {
3660 // Constructor arguments.
3661 for (const auto *Arg : E->arguments()) {
3662 if (!this->visit(Arg))
3663 return false;
3664 }
3665
3666 return this->emitCall(Func, 0, E);
3667 }
3668
3669 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
3670 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(T);
3671 if (!CAT)
3672 return false;
3673 QualType ElemTy = CAT->getElementType();
3674 unsigned NumElems = CAT->getZExtSize();
3675 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
3676 if (!this->emitConstUint64(I, E))
3677 return false;
3678 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint64(E))
3679 return false;
3680 if (!initArrayDimension(ElemTy))
3681 return false;
3682 }
3683 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3684 };
3685
3686 return initArrayDimension(E->getType());
3687 }
3688
3689 return false;
3690}
3691
3692template <class Emitter>
3694 if (DiscardResult)
3695 return true;
3696
3697 const APValue Val =
3698 E->EvaluateInContext(Ctx.getASTContext(), SourceLocDefaultExpr);
3699
3700 // Things like __builtin_LINE().
3701 if (E->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3702 assert(Val.isInt());
3703 const APSInt &I = Val.getInt();
3704 return this->emitConst(I, E);
3705 }
3706 // Otherwise, the APValue is an LValue, with only one element.
3707 // Theoretically, we don't need the APValue at all of course.
3708 assert(E->getType()->isPointerType());
3709 assert(Val.isLValue());
3710 const APValue::LValueBase &Base = Val.getLValueBase();
3711 if (const Expr *LValueExpr = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
3712 return this->visit(LValueExpr);
3713
3714 // Otherwise, we have a decl (which is the case for
3715 // __builtin_source_location).
3716 assert(Base.is<const ValueDecl *>());
3717 assert(Val.getLValuePath().size() == 0);
3718 const auto *BaseDecl = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>();
3719 assert(BaseDecl);
3720
3721 auto *UGCD = cast<UnnamedGlobalConstantDecl>(BaseDecl);
3722
3723 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.getOrCreateGlobal(UGCD);
3724 if (!GlobalIndex)
3725 return false;
3726
3727 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
3728 return false;
3729
3730 const Record *R = getRecord(E->getType());
3731 const APValue &V = UGCD->getValue();
3732 for (unsigned I = 0, N = R->getNumFields(); I != N; ++I) {
3733 const Record::Field *F = R->getField(I);
3734 const APValue &FieldValue = V.getStructField(I);
3735
3736 PrimType FieldT = classifyPrim(F->Decl->getType());
3737
3738 if (!this->visitAPValue(FieldValue, FieldT, E))
3739 return false;
3740 if (!this->emitInitField(FieldT, F->Offset, E))
3741 return false;
3742 }
3743
3744 // Leave the pointer to the global on the stack.
3745 return true;
3746}
3747
3748template <class Emitter>
3750 unsigned N = E->getNumComponents();
3751 if (N == 0)
3752 return false;
3753
3754 for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I) {
3755 const OffsetOfNode &Node = E->getComponent(I);
3756 if (Node.getKind() == OffsetOfNode::Array) {
3757 const Expr *ArrayIndexExpr = E->getIndexExpr(Node.getArrayExprIndex());
3758 PrimType IndexT = classifyPrim(ArrayIndexExpr->getType());
3759
3760 if (DiscardResult) {
3761 if (!this->discard(ArrayIndexExpr))
3762 return false;
3763 continue;
3764 }
3765
3766 if (!this->visit(ArrayIndexExpr))
3767 return false;
3768 // Cast to Sint64.
3769 if (IndexT != PT_Sint64) {
3770 if (!this->emitCast(IndexT, PT_Sint64, E))
3771 return false;
3772 }
3773 }
3774 }
3775
3776 if (DiscardResult)
3777 return true;
3778
3779 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
3780 return this->emitOffsetOf(T, E, E);
3781}
3782
3783template <class Emitter>
3785 const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
3786 QualType Ty = E->getType();
3787
3788 if (DiscardResult || Ty->isVoidType())
3789 return true;
3790
3791 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Ty))
3792 return this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, Ty, E);
3793
3794 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isVectorType()) {
3795 if (!Initializing) {
3796 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
3797 if (!LocalIndex)
3798 return false;
3799 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3800 return false;
3801 }
3802
3803 QualType ElemQT;
3804 unsigned NumElems;
3805 if (const auto *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3806 NumElems = 2;
3807 ElemQT = CT->getElementType();
3808 } else {
3809 const auto *VT = Ty->castAs<VectorType>();
3810 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
3811 ElemQT = VT->getElementType();
3812 }
3813
3814 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
3815
3816 // Initialize all fields to 0.
3817 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumElems; I != N; ++I) {
3818 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
3819 return false;
3820 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
3821 return false;
3822 }
3823 return true;
3824 }
3825
3826 return false;
3827}
3828
3829template <class Emitter>
3831 return this->emitConst(E->getPackLength(), E);
3832}
3833
3834template <class Emitter>
3839
3840template <class Emitter>
3842 return this->delegate(E->getChosenSubExpr());
3843}
3844
3845template <class Emitter>
3847 if (DiscardResult)
3848 return true;
3849
3850 return this->emitConst(E->getValue(), E);
3851}
3852
3853template <class Emitter>
3855 const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E) {
3856 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = E->getConstructor();
3857 assert(!Ctor->isTrivial() &&
3858 "Trivial CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr, implement. (possible?)");
3859 const Function *F = this->getFunction(Ctor);
3860 assert(F);
3861 assert(!F->hasRVO());
3862 assert(F->hasThisPointer());
3863
3864 if (!this->emitDupPtr(SourceInfo{}))
3865 return false;
3866
3867 // Forward all arguments of the current function (which should be a
3868 // constructor itself) to the inherited ctor.
3869 // This is necessary because the calling code has pushed the pointer
3870 // of the correct base for us already, but the arguments need
3871 // to come after.
3872 unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
3873 for (const ParmVarDecl *PD : Ctor->parameters()) {
3874 PrimType PT = this->classify(PD->getType()).value_or(PT_Ptr);
3875
3876 if (!this->emitGetParam(PT, ParamIndex, E))
3877 return false;
3878 ++ParamIndex;
3879 }
3880
3881 return this->emitCall(F, 0, E);
3882}
3883
3884// FIXME: This function has become rather unwieldy, especially
3885// the part where we initialize an array allocation of dynamic size.
3886template <class Emitter>
3888 assert(classifyPrim(E->getType()) == PT_Ptr);
3889 const Expr *Init = E->getInitializer();
3890 QualType ElementType = E->getAllocatedType();
3891 OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ElementType);
3892 unsigned PlacementArgs = E->getNumPlacementArgs();
3893 const FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = E->getOperatorNew();
3894 const Expr *PlacementDest = nullptr;
3895 bool IsNoThrow = false;
3896
3897 if (E->containsErrors())
3898 return false;
3899
3900 if (PlacementArgs != 0) {
3901 // FIXME: There is no restriction on this, but it's not clear that any
3902 // other form makes any sense. We get here for cases such as:
3903 //
3904 // new (std::align_val_t{N}) X(int)
3905 //
3906 // (which should presumably be valid only if N is a multiple of
3907 // alignof(int), and in any case can't be deallocated unless N is
3908 // alignof(X) and X has new-extended alignment).
3909 if (PlacementArgs == 1) {
3910 const Expr *Arg1 = E->getPlacementArg(0);
3911 if (Arg1->getType()->isNothrowT()) {
3912 if (!this->discard(Arg1))
3913 return false;
3914 IsNoThrow = true;
3915 } else {
3916 // Invalid unless we have C++26 or are in a std:: function.
3917 if (!this->emitInvalidNewDeleteExpr(E, E))
3918 return false;
3919
3920 // If we have a placement-new destination, we'll later use that instead
3921 // of allocating.
3922 if (OperatorNew->isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator())
3923 PlacementDest = Arg1;
3924 }
3925 } else {
3926 // Always invalid.
3927 return this->emitInvalid(E);
3928 }
3929 } else if (!OperatorNew
3930 ->isUsableAsGlobalAllocationFunctionInConstantEvaluation())
3931 return this->emitInvalidNewDeleteExpr(E, E);
3932
3933 const Descriptor *Desc;
3934 if (!PlacementDest) {
3935 if (ElemT) {
3936 if (E->isArray())
3937 Desc = nullptr; // We're not going to use it in this case.
3938 else
3939 Desc = P.createDescriptor(E, *ElemT, /*SourceTy=*/nullptr,
3941 } else {
3942 Desc = P.createDescriptor(
3943 E, ElementType.getTypePtr(),
3944 E->isArray() ? std::nullopt : Descriptor::InlineDescMD,
3945 /*IsConst=*/false, /*IsTemporary=*/false, /*IsMutable=*/false,
3946 /*IsVolatile=*/false, Init);
3947 }
3948 }
3949
3950 if (E->isArray()) {
3951 std::optional<const Expr *> ArraySizeExpr = E->getArraySize();
3952 if (!ArraySizeExpr)
3953 return false;
3954
3955 const Expr *Stripped = *ArraySizeExpr;
3956 for (; auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Stripped);
3957 Stripped = ICE->getSubExpr())
3958 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp &&
3959 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast)
3960 break;
3961
3962 PrimType SizeT = classifyPrim(Stripped->getType());
3963
3964 // Save evaluated array size to a variable.
3965 unsigned ArrayLen =
3966 allocateLocalPrimitive(Stripped, SizeT, /*IsConst=*/false);
3967 if (!this->visit(Stripped))
3968 return false;
3969 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
3970 return false;
3971
3972 if (PlacementDest) {
3973 if (!this->visit(PlacementDest))
3974 return false;
3975 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
3976 return false;
3977 if (!this->emitCheckNewTypeMismatchArray(SizeT, E, E))
3978 return false;
3979 } else {
3980 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
3981 return false;
3982
3983 if (ElemT) {
3984 // N primitive elements.
3985 if (!this->emitAllocN(SizeT, *ElemT, E, IsNoThrow, E))
3986 return false;
3987 } else {
3988 // N Composite elements.
3989 if (!this->emitAllocCN(SizeT, Desc, IsNoThrow, E))
3990 return false;
3991 }
3992 }
3993
3994 if (Init) {
3995 QualType InitType = Init->getType();
3996 size_t StaticInitElems = 0;
3997 const Expr *DynamicInit = nullptr;
3998 OptPrimType ElemT;
3999
4000 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
4001 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(InitType)) {
4002 StaticInitElems = CAT->getZExtSize();
4003 // Initialize the first S element from the initializer.
4004 if (!this->visitInitializer(Init))
4005 return false;
4006
4007 if (const auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
4008 if (ILE->hasArrayFiller())
4009 DynamicInit = ILE->getArrayFiller();
4010 else if (StaticInitElems > 0 && isa<StringLiteral>(ILE->getInit(0)))
4011 ElemT = classifyPrim(CAT->getElementType());
4012 }
4013 }
4014
4015 // The initializer initializes a certain number of elements, S.
4016 // However, the complete number of elements, N, might be larger than that.
4017 // In this case, we need to get an initializer for the remaining elements.
4018 // There are three cases:
4019 // 1) For the form 'new Struct[n];', the initializer is a
4020 // CXXConstructExpr and its type is an IncompleteArrayType.
4021 // 2) For the form 'new Struct[n]{1,2,3}', the initializer is an
4022 // InitListExpr and the initializer for the remaining elements
4023 // is the array filler.
4024 // 3) StringLiterals don't have an array filler, so we need to zero
4025 // the remaining elements.
4026
4027 if (DynamicInit || ElemT || InitType->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
4028 const Function *CtorFunc = nullptr;
4029 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
4030 CtorFunc = getFunction(CE->getConstructor());
4031 if (!CtorFunc)
4032 return false;
4033 } else if (!DynamicInit && !ElemT)
4034 DynamicInit = Init;
4035
4036 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
4037 LabelTy StartLabel = this->getLabel();
4038
4039 // In the nothrow case, the alloc above might have returned nullptr.
4040 // Don't call any constructors that case.
4041 if (IsNoThrow) {
4042 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
4043 return false;
4044 if (!this->emitNullPtr(0, nullptr, E))
4045 return false;
4046 if (!this->emitEQPtr(E))
4047 return false;
4048 if (!this->jumpTrue(EndLabel, E))
4049 return false;
4050 }
4051
4052 // Create loop variables.
4053 unsigned Iter =
4054 allocateLocalPrimitive(Stripped, SizeT, /*IsConst=*/false);
4055 if (!this->emitConst(StaticInitElems, SizeT, E))
4056 return false;
4057 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SizeT, Iter, E))
4058 return false;
4059
4060 this->fallthrough(StartLabel);
4061 this->emitLabel(StartLabel);
4062 // Condition. Iter < ArrayLen?
4063 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, Iter, E))
4064 return false;
4065 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
4066 return false;
4067 if (!this->emitLT(SizeT, E))
4068 return false;
4069 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, E))
4070 return false;
4071
4072 // Pointer to the allocated array is already on the stack.
4073 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, Iter, E))
4074 return false;
4075 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtr(SizeT, E))
4076 return false;
4077
4078 if (isa_and_nonnull<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(DynamicInit) &&
4079 DynamicInit->getType()->isArrayType()) {
4080 QualType ElemType =
4081 DynamicInit->getType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4082 if (OptPrimType InitT = classify(ElemType)) {
4083 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(*InitT, ElemType, E))
4084 return false;
4085 if (!this->emitStorePop(*InitT, E))
4086 return false;
4087 } else {
4088 assert(ElemType->isArrayType());
4089 if (!this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(ElemType, E))
4090 return false;
4091 }
4092 } else if (DynamicInit) {
4093 if (OptPrimType InitT = classify(DynamicInit)) {
4094 if (!this->visit(DynamicInit))
4095 return false;
4096 if (!this->emitStorePop(*InitT, E))
4097 return false;
4098 } else {
4099 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(DynamicInit))
4100 return false;
4101 }
4102 } else if (ElemT) {
4103 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(
4104 *ElemT, InitType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(),
4105 Init))
4106 return false;
4107 if (!this->emitStorePop(*ElemT, E))
4108 return false;
4109 } else {
4110 assert(CtorFunc);
4111 if (!this->emitCall(CtorFunc, 0, E))
4112 return false;
4113 }
4114
4115 // ++Iter;
4116 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(Iter, E))
4117 return false;
4118 if (!this->emitIncPop(SizeT, false, E))
4119 return false;
4120
4121 if (!this->jump(StartLabel, E))
4122 return false;
4123
4124 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
4125 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
4126 }
4127 }
4128 } else { // Non-array.
4129 if (PlacementDest) {
4130 if (!this->visit(PlacementDest))
4131 return false;
4132 if (!this->emitCheckNewTypeMismatch(E, E))
4133 return false;
4134
4135 } else {
4136 // Allocate just one element.
4137 if (!this->emitAlloc(Desc, E))
4138 return false;
4139 }
4140
4141 if (Init) {
4142 if (ElemT) {
4143 if (!this->visit(Init))
4144 return false;
4145
4146 if (!this->emitInit(*ElemT, E))
4147 return false;
4148 } else {
4149 // Composite.
4150 if (!this->visitInitializer(Init))
4151 return false;
4152 }
4153 }
4154 }
4155
4156 if (DiscardResult)
4157 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
4158
4159 return true;
4160}
4161
4162template <class Emitter>
4164 if (E->containsErrors())
4165 return false;
4166 const FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = E->getOperatorDelete();
4167
4168 if (!OperatorDelete->isUsableAsGlobalAllocationFunctionInConstantEvaluation())
4169 return this->emitInvalidNewDeleteExpr(E, E);
4170
4171 // Arg must be an lvalue.
4172 if (!this->visit(E->getArgument()))
4173 return false;
4174
4175 return this->emitFree(E->isArrayForm(), E->isGlobalDelete(), E);
4176}
4177
4178template <class Emitter>
4180 if (DiscardResult)
4181 return true;
4182
4183 const Function *Func = nullptr;
4184 if (const Function *F = Ctx.getOrCreateObjCBlock(E))
4185 Func = F;
4186
4187 if (!Func)
4188 return false;
4189 return this->emitGetFnPtr(Func, E);
4190}
4191
4192template <class Emitter>
4194 const Type *TypeInfoType = E->getType().getTypePtr();
4195
4196 auto canonType = [](const Type *T) {
4197 return T->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified().getTypePtr();
4198 };
4199
4200 if (!E->isPotentiallyEvaluated()) {
4201 if (DiscardResult)
4202 return true;
4203
4204 if (E->isTypeOperand())
4205 return this->emitGetTypeid(
4206 canonType(E->getTypeOperand(Ctx.getASTContext()).getTypePtr()),
4207 TypeInfoType, E);
4208
4209 return this->emitGetTypeid(
4210 canonType(E->getExprOperand()->getType().getTypePtr()), TypeInfoType,
4211 E);
4212 }
4213
4214 // Otherwise, we need to evaluate the expression operand.
4215 assert(E->getExprOperand());
4216 assert(E->getExprOperand()->isLValue());
4217
4218 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && !this->emitDiagTypeid(E))
4219 return false;
4220
4221 if (!this->visit(E->getExprOperand()))
4222 return false;
4223
4224 if (!this->emitGetTypeidPtr(TypeInfoType, E))
4225 return false;
4226 if (DiscardResult)
4227 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
4228 return true;
4229}
4230
4231template <class Emitter>
4233 const ObjCDictionaryLiteral *E) {
4235 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4236 return this->emitError(E);
4237}
4238
4239template <class Emitter>
4242 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4243 return this->emitError(E);
4244}
4245
4246template <class Emitter>
4248 assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus);
4249 return this->emitConstBool(E->getValue(), E);
4250}
4251
4252template <class Emitter>
4254 if (DiscardResult)
4255 return true;
4256 assert(!Initializing);
4257
4258 const MSGuidDecl *GuidDecl = E->getGuidDecl();
4259 const RecordDecl *RD = GuidDecl->getType()->getAsRecordDecl();
4260 assert(RD);
4261 // If the definiton of the result type is incomplete, just return a dummy.
4262 // If (and when) that is read from, we will fail, but not now.
4263 if (!RD->isCompleteDefinition())
4264 return this->emitDummyPtr(GuidDecl, E);
4265
4266 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.getOrCreateGlobal(GuidDecl);
4267 if (!GlobalIndex)
4268 return false;
4269 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
4270 return false;
4271
4272 assert(this->getRecord(E->getType()));
4273
4274 const APValue &V = GuidDecl->getAsAPValue();
4275 if (V.getKind() == APValue::None)
4276 return true;
4277
4278 assert(V.isStruct());
4279 assert(V.getStructNumBases() == 0);
4280 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(V, E, E->getType()))
4281 return false;
4282
4283 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
4284}
4285
4286template <class Emitter>
4288 assert(classifyPrim(E->getType()) == PT_Bool);
4289 if (E->isValueDependent())
4290 return false;
4291 if (DiscardResult)
4292 return true;
4293 return this->emitConstBool(E->isSatisfied(), E);
4294}
4295
4296template <class Emitter>
4298 const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E) {
4299 assert(classifyPrim(E->getType()) == PT_Bool);
4300 if (DiscardResult)
4301 return true;
4302 return this->emitConstBool(E->isSatisfied(), E);
4303}
4304
4305template <class Emitter>
4310
4311template <class Emitter>
4313
4314 for (const Expr *SemE : E->semantics()) {
4315 if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SemE)) {
4316 if (SemE == E->getResultExpr())
4317 return false;
4318
4319 if (OVE->isUnique())
4320 continue;
4321
4322 if (!this->discard(OVE))
4323 return false;
4324 } else if (SemE == E->getResultExpr()) {
4325 if (!this->delegate(SemE))
4326 return false;
4327 } else {
4328 if (!this->discard(SemE))
4329 return false;
4330 }
4331 }
4332 return true;
4333}
4334
4335template <class Emitter>
4339
4340template <class Emitter>
4342 return this->emitError(E);
4343}
4344
4345template <class Emitter>
4347 assert(E->getType()->isVoidPointerType());
4348 if (DiscardResult)
4349 return true;
4350
4351 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4352}
4353
4354template <class Emitter>
4355bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitVectorConversion(const Expr *Src, const Expr *E) {
4356 if (Src->containsErrors())
4357 return false;
4358
4359 const auto *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
4360 QualType ElemType = VT->getElementType();
4361 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
4362 QualType SrcType = Src->getType();
4363 PrimType SrcElemT = classifyVectorElementType(SrcType);
4364
4365 if (!Initializing) {
4366 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
4367 if (!LocalIndex)
4368 return false;
4369 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
4370 return false;
4371 }
4372
4373 unsigned SrcOffset =
4374 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Src, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
4375 if (!this->visit(Src))
4376 return false;
4377 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
4378 return false;
4379
4380 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VT->getNumElements(); ++I) {
4381 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
4382 return false;
4383 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(SrcElemT, I, E))
4384 return false;
4385
4386 // Cast to the desired result element type.
4387 if (SrcElemT != ElemT) {
4388 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcElemT, ElemT, ElemType, E))
4389 return false;
4390 } else if (ElemType->isFloatingType() && SrcType != ElemType) {
4391 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ElemType);
4392 if (!this->emitCastFP(TargetSemantics, getRoundingMode(E), E))
4393 return false;
4394 }
4395 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
4396 return false;
4397 }
4398 return true;
4399}
4400
4401template <class Emitter>
4403 return emitVectorConversion(E->getSrcExpr(), E);
4404}
4405
4406template <class Emitter>
4408 // FIXME: Unary shuffle with mask not currently supported.
4409 if (E->getNumSubExprs() == 2)
4410 return this->emitInvalid(E);
4411
4412 assert(E->getNumSubExprs() > 2);
4413
4414 const Expr *Vecs[] = {E->getExpr(0), E->getExpr(1)};
4415 const VectorType *VT = Vecs[0]->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
4416 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(VT->getElementType());
4417 unsigned NumInputElems = VT->getNumElements();
4418 unsigned NumOutputElems = E->getNumSubExprs() - 2;
4419 assert(NumOutputElems > 0);
4420
4421 if (!Initializing) {
4422 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
4423 if (!LocalIndex)
4424 return false;
4425 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
4426 return false;
4427 }
4428
4429 // Save both input vectors to a local variable.
4430 unsigned VectorOffsets[2];
4431 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
4432 VectorOffsets[I] =
4433 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Vecs[I], PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
4434 if (!this->visit(Vecs[I]))
4435 return false;
4436 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, VectorOffsets[I], E))
4437 return false;
4438 }
4439 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumOutputElems; ++I) {
4440 APSInt ShuffleIndex = E->getShuffleMaskIdx(I);
4441 assert(ShuffleIndex >= -1);
4442 if (ShuffleIndex == -1)
4443 return this->emitInvalidShuffleVectorIndex(I, E);
4444
4445 assert(ShuffleIndex < (NumInputElems * 2));
4446 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr,
4447 VectorOffsets[ShuffleIndex >= NumInputElems], E))
4448 return false;
4449 unsigned InputVectorIndex = ShuffleIndex.getZExtValue() % NumInputElems;
4450 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, InputVectorIndex, E))
4451 return false;
4452
4453 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
4454 return false;
4455 }
4456
4457 if (DiscardResult)
4458 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
4459
4460 return true;
4461}
4462
4463template <class Emitter>
4465 const ExtVectorElementExpr *E) {
4466 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
4467 assert(
4468 Base->getType()->isVectorType() ||
4469 Base->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVectorType());
4470
4472 E->getEncodedElementAccess(Indices);
4473
4474 if (Indices.size() == 1) {
4475 if (!this->visit(Base))
4476 return false;
4477
4478 if (E->isGLValue()) {
4479 if (!this->emitConstUint32(Indices[0], E))
4480 return false;
4481 return this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(PT_Uint32, E);
4482 }
4483 // Else, also load the value.
4484 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyPrim(E->getType()), Indices[0], E);
4485 }
4486
4487 // Create a local variable for the base.
4488 unsigned BaseOffset = allocateLocalPrimitive(Base, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
4489 if (!this->visit(Base))
4490 return false;
4491 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, BaseOffset, E))
4492 return false;
4493
4494 // Now the vector variable for the return value.
4495 if (!Initializing) {
4496 UnsignedOrNone ResultIndex = allocateLocal(E);
4497 if (!ResultIndex)
4498 return false;
4499 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*ResultIndex, E))
4500 return false;
4501 }
4502
4503 assert(Indices.size() == E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements());
4504
4505 PrimType ElemT =
4507 uint32_t DstIndex = 0;
4508 for (uint32_t I : Indices) {
4509 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, BaseOffset, E))
4510 return false;
4511 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, I, E))
4512 return false;
4513 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, DstIndex, E))
4514 return false;
4515 ++DstIndex;
4516 }
4517
4518 // Leave the result pointer on the stack.
4519 assert(!DiscardResult);
4520 return true;
4521}
4522
4523template <class Emitter>
4525 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
4527 return this->discard(SubExpr) && this->emitInvalid(E);
4528
4529 if (DiscardResult)
4530 return true;
4531
4532 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_Ptr);
4533 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4534}
4535
4536template <class Emitter>
4538 const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E) {
4539 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
4541 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(SubExpr->getType());
4542 const Record *R = getRecord(E->getType());
4543 assert(Initializing);
4544 assert(SubExpr->isGLValue());
4545
4546 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
4547 return false;
4548 if (!this->emitConstUint8(0, E))
4549 return false;
4550 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint8(E))
4551 return false;
4552 if (!this->emitInitFieldPtr(R->getField(0u)->Offset, E))
4553 return false;
4554
4555 PrimType SecondFieldT = classifyPrim(R->getField(1u)->Decl->getType());
4556 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(SecondFieldT)) {
4557 if (!this->emitConst(ArrayType->getSize(), SecondFieldT, E))
4558 return false;
4559 return this->emitInitField(SecondFieldT, R->getField(1u)->Offset, E);
4560 }
4561 assert(SecondFieldT == PT_Ptr);
4562
4563 if (!this->emitGetFieldPtr(R->getField(0u)->Offset, E))
4564 return false;
4565 if (!this->emitExpandPtr(E))
4566 return false;
4567 if (!this->emitConst(ArrayType->getSize(), PT_Uint64, E))
4568 return false;
4569 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(PT_Uint64, E))
4570 return false;
4571 return this->emitInitFieldPtr(R->getField(1u)->Offset, E);
4572}
4573
4574template <class Emitter>
4576 LocalScope<Emitter> BS(this);
4577 llvm::SaveAndRestore StmtExprSAR(this->InStmtExpr, true);
4578
4579 const CompoundStmt *CS = E->getSubStmt();
4580 const Stmt *Result = CS->body_back();
4581 for (const Stmt *S : CS->body()) {
4582 if (S != Result) {
4583 if (!this->visitStmt(S))
4584 return false;
4585 continue;
4586 }
4587
4588 assert(S == Result);
4589 if (const Expr *ResultExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(S))
4590 return this->delegate(ResultExpr);
4591 if (!this->visitStmt(S))
4592 return false;
4593 return this->emitUnsupported(E);
4594 }
4595
4596 return BS.destroyLocals();
4597}
4598
4599template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::discard(const Expr *E) {
4600 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/true,
4601 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/false);
4602 return this->Visit(E);
4603}
4604
4605template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::delegate(const Expr *E) {
4606 // We're basically doing:
4607 // OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, DicardResult, Initializing, ToLValue);
4608 // but that's unnecessary of course.
4609 return this->Visit(E);
4610}
4611
4613 if (const auto *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
4614 return stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(PE->getSubExpr());
4615
4616 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E);
4617 CE &&
4618 (CE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase || CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
4619 return stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(CE->getSubExpr());
4620
4621 return E;
4622}
4623
4624static const Expr *stripDerivedToBaseCasts(const Expr *E) {
4625 if (const auto *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
4626 return stripDerivedToBaseCasts(PE->getSubExpr());
4627
4628 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E);
4629 CE && (CE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase ||
4630 CE->getCastKind() == CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase ||
4631 CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
4632 return stripDerivedToBaseCasts(CE->getSubExpr());
4633
4634 return E;
4635}
4636
4637template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visit(const Expr *E) {
4638 if (E->getType().isNull())
4639 return false;
4640
4641 if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
4642 return this->discard(E);
4643
4644 // Create local variable to hold the return value.
4645 if (!E->isGLValue() && !canClassify(E->getType())) {
4646 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(
4648 if (!LocalIndex)
4649 return false;
4650
4651 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
4652 return false;
4653 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalIndex));
4654 return this->visitInitializer(E);
4655 }
4656
4657 // Otherwise,we have a primitive return value, produce the value directly
4658 // and push it on the stack.
4659 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4660 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/ToLValue);
4661 return this->Visit(E);
4662}
4663
4664template <class Emitter>
4666 assert(!canClassify(E->getType()));
4667
4668 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4669 /*NewInitializing=*/true, /*ToLValue=*/false);
4670 return this->Visit(E) && this->emitFinishInit(E);
4671}
4672
4673template <class Emitter>
4675 assert(!canClassify(E->getType()));
4676
4677 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4678 /*NewInitializing=*/true, /*ToLValue=*/false);
4679 return this->Visit(E) && this->emitFinishInitPop(E);
4680}
4681
4682template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitAsLValue(const Expr *E) {
4683 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4684 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/true);
4685 return this->Visit(E);
4686}
4687
4688template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitBool(const Expr *E) {
4689 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4690 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/ToLValue);
4691
4692 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
4693 if (!T) {
4694 // Convert complex values to bool.
4695 if (E->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
4696 if (!this->visit(E))
4697 return false;
4698 return this->emitComplexBoolCast(E);
4699 }
4700 return false;
4701 }
4702
4703 if (!this->visit(E))
4704 return false;
4705
4706 if (T == PT_Bool)
4707 return true;
4708
4709 // Convert pointers to bool.
4710 if (T == PT_Ptr)
4711 return this->emitIsNonNullPtr(E);
4712
4713 // Or Floats.
4714 if (T == PT_Float)
4715 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralBool(getFPOptions(E), E);
4716
4717 // Or anything else we can.
4718 return this->emitCast(*T, PT_Bool, E);
4719}
4720
4721template <class Emitter>
4722bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitZeroInitializer(PrimType T, QualType QT,
4723 const Expr *E) {
4724 if (const auto *AT = QT->getAs<AtomicType>())
4725 QT = AT->getValueType();
4726
4727 switch (T) {
4728 case PT_Bool:
4729 return this->emitZeroBool(E);
4730 case PT_Sint8:
4731 return this->emitZeroSint8(E);
4732 case PT_Uint8:
4733 return this->emitZeroUint8(E);
4734 case PT_Sint16:
4735 return this->emitZeroSint16(E);
4736 case PT_Uint16:
4737 return this->emitZeroUint16(E);
4738 case PT_Sint32:
4739 return this->emitZeroSint32(E);
4740 case PT_Uint32:
4741 return this->emitZeroUint32(E);
4742 case PT_Sint64:
4743 return this->emitZeroSint64(E);
4744 case PT_Uint64:
4745 return this->emitZeroUint64(E);
4746 case PT_IntAP:
4747 return this->emitZeroIntAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(QT), E);
4748 case PT_IntAPS:
4749 return this->emitZeroIntAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(QT), E);
4750 case PT_Ptr:
4751 return this->emitNullPtr(Ctx.getASTContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(QT),
4752 nullptr, E);
4753 case PT_MemberPtr:
4754 return this->emitNullMemberPtr(0, nullptr, E);
4755 case PT_Float: {
4756 APFloat F = APFloat::getZero(Ctx.getFloatSemantics(QT));
4757 return this->emitFloat(F, E);
4758 }
4759 case PT_FixedPoint: {
4760 auto Sem = Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(QT);
4761 return this->emitConstFixedPoint(FixedPoint::zero(Sem), E);
4762 }
4763 }
4764 llvm_unreachable("unknown primitive type");
4765}
4766
4767template <class Emitter>
4768bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitZeroRecordInitializer(const Record *R,
4769 const Expr *E) {
4770 assert(E);
4771 assert(R);
4772 // Fields
4773 for (const Record::Field &Field : R->fields()) {
4774 if (Field.isUnnamedBitField())
4775 continue;
4776
4777 const Descriptor *D = Field.Desc;
4778 if (D->isPrimitive()) {
4779 QualType QT = D->getType();
4780 PrimType T = D->getPrimType();
4781 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(T, QT, E))
4782 return false;
4783 if (R->isUnion()) {
4784 if (!this->emitInitFieldActivate(T, Field.Offset, E))
4785 return false;
4786 break;
4787 }
4788 if (!this->emitInitField(T, Field.Offset, E))
4789 return false;
4790 continue;
4791 }
4792
4793 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(Field.Offset, E))
4794 return false;
4795
4796 if (D->isPrimitiveArray()) {
4797 QualType ET = D->getElemQualType();
4798 PrimType T = D->getPrimType();
4799 for (uint32_t I = 0, N = D->getNumElems(); I != N; ++I) {
4800 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(T, ET, E))
4801 return false;
4802 if (!this->emitInitElem(T, I, E))
4803 return false;
4804 }
4805 } else if (D->isCompositeArray()) {
4806 // Can't be a vector or complex field.
4807 if (!this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(D->getType(), E))
4808 return false;
4809 } else if (D->isRecord()) {
4810 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(D->ElemRecord, E))
4811 return false;
4812 } else
4813 return false;
4814
4815 // C++11 [dcl.init]p5: If T is a (possibly cv-qualified) union type, the
4816 // object's first non-static named data member is zero-initialized
4817 if (R->isUnion()) {
4818 if (!this->emitFinishInitActivatePop(E))
4819 return false;
4820 break;
4821 }
4822 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
4823 return false;
4824 }
4825
4826 for (const Record::Base &B : R->bases()) {
4827 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B.Offset, E))
4828 return false;
4829 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(B.R, E))
4830 return false;
4831 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
4832 return false;
4833 }
4834
4835 // FIXME: Virtual bases.
4836
4837 return true;
4838}
4839
4840template <class Emitter>
4841bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitZeroArrayInitializer(QualType T, const Expr *E) {
4842 assert(T->isArrayType() || T->isAnyComplexType() || T->isVectorType());
4843 const ArrayType *AT = T->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
4844 QualType ElemType = AT->getElementType();
4845 size_t NumElems = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)->getZExtSize();
4846
4847 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ElemType)) {
4848 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
4849 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(*ElemT, ElemType, E))
4850 return false;
4851 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, I, E))
4852 return false;
4853 }
4854 return true;
4855 }
4856 if (ElemType->isRecordType()) {
4857 const Record *R = getRecord(ElemType);
4858 if (!R)
4859 return false;
4860
4861 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
4862 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
4863 return false;
4864 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtr(PT_Uint32, E))
4865 return false;
4866 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E))
4867 return false;
4868 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
4869 return false;
4870 }
4871 return true;
4872 }
4873 if (ElemType->isArrayType()) {
4874 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
4875 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
4876 return false;
4877 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtr(PT_Uint32, E))
4878 return false;
4879 if (!this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(ElemType, E))
4880 return false;
4881 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
4882 return false;
4883 }
4884 return true;
4885 }
4886
4887 return false;
4888}
4889
4890template <class Emitter>
4891bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitAssignment(const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS,
4892 const Expr *E) {
4893 if (!canClassify(E->getType()))
4894 return false;
4895
4896 if (!this->visit(RHS))
4897 return false;
4898 if (!this->visit(LHS))
4899 return false;
4900
4901 if (LHS->getType().isVolatileQualified())
4902 return this->emitInvalidStore(LHS->getType().getTypePtr(), E);
4903
4904 // We don't support assignments in C.
4905 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !this->emitInvalid(E))
4906 return false;
4907
4908 PrimType RHT = classifyPrim(RHS);
4909 bool Activates = refersToUnion(LHS);
4910 bool BitField = LHS->refersToBitField();
4911
4912 if (!this->emitFlip(PT_Ptr, RHT, E))
4913 return false;
4914
4915 if (DiscardResult) {
4916 if (BitField && Activates)
4917 return this->emitStoreBitFieldActivatePop(RHT, E);
4918 if (BitField)
4919 return this->emitStoreBitFieldPop(RHT, E);
4920 if (Activates)
4921 return this->emitStoreActivatePop(RHT, E);
4922 // Otherwise, regular non-activating store.
4923 return this->emitStorePop(RHT, E);
4924 }
4925
4926 auto maybeLoad = [&](bool Result) -> bool {
4927 if (!Result)
4928 return false;
4929 // Assignments aren't necessarily lvalues in C.
4930 // Load from them in that case.
4931 if (!E->isLValue())
4932 return this->emitLoadPop(RHT, E);
4933 return true;
4934 };
4935
4936 if (BitField && Activates)
4937 return maybeLoad(this->emitStoreBitFieldActivate(RHT, E));
4938 if (BitField)
4939 return maybeLoad(this->emitStoreBitField(RHT, E));
4940 if (Activates)
4941 return maybeLoad(this->emitStoreActivate(RHT, E));
4942 // Otherwise, regular non-activating store.
4943 return maybeLoad(this->emitStore(RHT, E));
4944}
4945
4946template <class Emitter>
4947template <typename T>
4948bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(T Value, PrimType Ty, SourceInfo Info) {
4949 switch (Ty) {
4950 case PT_Sint8:
4951 return this->emitConstSint8(Value, Info);
4952 case PT_Uint8:
4953 return this->emitConstUint8(Value, Info);
4954 case PT_Sint16:
4955 return this->emitConstSint16(Value, Info);
4956 case PT_Uint16:
4957 return this->emitConstUint16(Value, Info);
4958 case PT_Sint32:
4959 return this->emitConstSint32(Value, Info);
4960 case PT_Uint32:
4961 return this->emitConstUint32(Value, Info);
4962 case PT_Sint64:
4963 return this->emitConstSint64(Value, Info);
4964 case PT_Uint64:
4965 return this->emitConstUint64(Value, Info);
4966 case PT_Bool:
4967 return this->emitConstBool(Value, Info);
4968 case PT_Ptr:
4969 case PT_MemberPtr:
4970 case PT_Float:
4971 case PT_IntAP:
4972 case PT_IntAPS:
4973 case PT_FixedPoint:
4974 llvm_unreachable("Invalid integral type");
4975 break;
4976 }
4977 llvm_unreachable("unknown primitive type");
4978}
4979
4980template <class Emitter>
4981template <typename T>
4982bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(T Value, const Expr *E) {
4983 return this->emitConst(Value, classifyPrim(E->getType()), E);
4984}
4985
4986template <class Emitter>
4987bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(const APSInt &Value, PrimType Ty,
4988 SourceInfo Info) {
4989 if (Ty == PT_IntAPS)
4990 return this->emitConstIntAPS(Value, Info);
4991 if (Ty == PT_IntAP)
4992 return this->emitConstIntAP(Value, Info);
4993
4994 if (Value.isSigned())
4995 return this->emitConst(Value.getSExtValue(), Ty, Info);
4996 return this->emitConst(Value.getZExtValue(), Ty, Info);
4997}
4998
4999template <class Emitter>
5000bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(const APInt &Value, PrimType Ty,
5001 SourceInfo Info) {
5002 if (Ty == PT_IntAPS)
5003 return this->emitConstIntAPS(Value, Info);
5004 if (Ty == PT_IntAP)
5005 return this->emitConstIntAP(Value, Info);
5006
5007 if (isSignedType(Ty))
5008 return this->emitConst(Value.getSExtValue(), Ty, Info);
5009 return this->emitConst(Value.getZExtValue(), Ty, Info);
5010}
5011
5012template <class Emitter>
5013bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(const APSInt &Value, const Expr *E) {
5014 return this->emitConst(Value, classifyPrim(E->getType()), E);
5015}
5016
5017template <class Emitter>
5019 bool IsConst,
5020 bool IsVolatile,
5021 ScopeKind SC) {
5022 // FIXME: There are cases where Src.is<Expr*>() is wrong, e.g.
5023 // (int){12} in C. Consider using Expr::isTemporaryObject() instead
5024 // or isa<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>().
5025 Descriptor *D = P.createDescriptor(Src, Ty, nullptr, Descriptor::InlineDescMD,
5026 IsConst, isa<const Expr *>(Src),
5027 /*IsMutable=*/false, IsVolatile);
5029 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5030 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_if_present<ValueDecl>(Src.dyn_cast<const Decl *>()))
5031 Locals.insert({VD, Local});
5032 VarScope->addForScopeKind(Local, SC);
5033 return Local.Offset;
5034}
5035
5036template <class Emitter>
5038 ScopeKind SC) {
5039 const ValueDecl *Key = nullptr;
5040 const Expr *Init = nullptr;
5041 bool IsTemporary = false;
5042 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_if_present<ValueDecl>(Src.dyn_cast<const Decl *>())) {
5043 Key = VD;
5044
5045 if (const auto *VarD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
5046 Init = VarD->getInit();
5047 }
5048 if (auto *E = Src.dyn_cast<const Expr *>()) {
5049 IsTemporary = true;
5050 if (Ty.isNull())
5051 Ty = E->getType();
5052 }
5053
5054 Descriptor *D = P.createDescriptor(
5056 IsTemporary, /*IsMutable=*/false, /*IsVolatile=*/Ty.isVolatileQualified(),
5057 Init);
5058 if (!D)
5059 return std::nullopt;
5061
5062 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5063 if (Key)
5064 Locals.insert({Key, Local});
5065 VarScope->addForScopeKind(Local, SC);
5066 return Local.Offset;
5067}
5068
5069template <class Emitter>
5071 QualType Ty = E->getType();
5072 assert(!Ty->isRecordType());
5073
5074 Descriptor *D = P.createDescriptor(
5076 /*IsTemporary=*/true);
5077
5078 if (!D)
5079 return std::nullopt;
5080
5081 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5083 assert(S);
5084 // Attach to topmost scope.
5085 while (S->getParent())
5086 S = S->getParent();
5087 assert(S && !S->getParent());
5088 S->addLocal(Local);
5089 return Local.Offset;
5090}
5091
5092template <class Emitter>
5094 if (const PointerType *PT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
5095 return PT->getPointeeType()->getAsCanonical<RecordType>();
5096 return Ty->getAsCanonical<RecordType>();
5097}
5098
5099template <class Emitter> Record *Compiler<Emitter>::getRecord(QualType Ty) {
5100 if (const auto *RecordTy = getRecordTy(Ty))
5101 return getRecord(RecordTy->getDecl()->getDefinitionOrSelf());
5102 return nullptr;
5103}
5104
5105template <class Emitter>
5107 return P.getOrCreateRecord(RD);
5108}
5109
5110template <class Emitter>
5112 return Ctx.getOrCreateFunction(FD);
5113}
5114
5115template <class Emitter>
5116bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitExpr(const Expr *E, bool DestroyToplevelScope) {
5118
5119 auto maybeDestroyLocals = [&]() -> bool {
5120 if (DestroyToplevelScope)
5121 return RootScope.destroyLocals() && this->emitCheckAllocations(E);
5122 return this->emitCheckAllocations(E);
5123 };
5124
5125 // Void expressions.
5126 if (E->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5127 if (!visit(E))
5128 return false;
5129 return this->emitRetVoid(E) && maybeDestroyLocals();
5130 }
5131
5132 // Expressions with a primitive return type.
5133 if (OptPrimType T = classify(E)) {
5134 if (!visit(E))
5135 return false;
5136
5137 return this->emitRet(*T, E) && maybeDestroyLocals();
5138 }
5139
5140 // Expressions with a composite return type.
5141 // For us, that means everything we don't
5142 // have a PrimType for.
5143 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalOffset = this->allocateLocal(E)) {
5144 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalOffset));
5145 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalOffset, E))
5146 return false;
5147
5148 if (!visitInitializer(E))
5149 return false;
5150 // We are destroying the locals AFTER the Ret op.
5151 // The Ret op needs to copy the (alive) values, but the
5152 // destructors may still turn the entire expression invalid.
5153 return this->emitRetValue(E) && maybeDestroyLocals();
5154 }
5155
5156 return maybeDestroyLocals() && false;
5157}
5158
5159template <class Emitter>
5161 bool DestroyToplevelScope) {
5162 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
5163 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/true);
5164
5165 return this->visitExpr(E, DestroyToplevelScope);
5166}
5167
5168template <class Emitter>
5170
5171 auto R = this->visitVarDecl(VD, VD->getInit(), /*Toplevel=*/true);
5172
5173 if (R.notCreated())
5174 return R;
5175
5176 if (R)
5177 return true;
5178
5179 if (!R && Context::shouldBeGloballyIndexed(VD)) {
5180 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD)) {
5181 Block *GlobalBlock = P.getGlobal(*GlobalIndex);
5182 auto &GD = GlobalBlock->getBlockDesc<GlobalInlineDescriptor>();
5183
5185 GlobalBlock->invokeDtor();
5186 }
5187 }
5188
5189 return R;
5190}
5191
5192/// Toplevel visitDeclAndReturn().
5193/// We get here from evaluateAsInitializer().
5194/// We need to evaluate the initializer and return its value.
5195template <class Emitter>
5197 bool ConstantContext) {
5198 // We only create variables if we're evaluating in a constant context.
5199 // Otherwise, just evaluate the initializer and return it.
5200 if (!ConstantContext) {
5201 DeclScope<Emitter> LS(this, VD);
5202 if (!this->visit(Init))
5203 return false;
5204 return this->emitRet(classify(Init).value_or(PT_Ptr), VD) &&
5205 LS.destroyLocals() && this->emitCheckAllocations(VD);
5206 }
5207
5208 LocalScope<Emitter> VDScope(this);
5209 if (!this->visitVarDecl(VD, Init, /*Toplevel=*/true))
5210 return false;
5211
5212 OptPrimType VarT = classify(VD->getType());
5214 auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD);
5215 assert(GlobalIndex); // visitVarDecl() didn't return false.
5216 if (VarT) {
5217 if (!this->emitGetGlobalUnchecked(*VarT, *GlobalIndex, VD))
5218 return false;
5219 } else {
5220 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, VD))
5221 return false;
5222 }
5223 } else {
5224 auto Local = Locals.find(VD);
5225 assert(Local != Locals.end()); // Same here.
5226 if (VarT) {
5227 if (!this->emitGetLocal(*VarT, Local->second.Offset, VD))
5228 return false;
5229 } else {
5230 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(Local->second.Offset, VD))
5231 return false;
5232 }
5233 }
5234
5235 // Return the value.
5236 if (!this->emitRet(VarT.value_or(PT_Ptr), VD)) {
5237 // If the Ret above failed and this is a global variable, mark it as
5238 // uninitialized, even everything else succeeded.
5240 auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD);
5241 assert(GlobalIndex);
5242 Block *GlobalBlock = P.getGlobal(*GlobalIndex);
5243 auto &GD = GlobalBlock->getBlockDesc<GlobalInlineDescriptor>();
5244
5246 GlobalBlock->invokeDtor();
5247 }
5248 return false;
5249 }
5250
5251 return VDScope.destroyLocals() && this->emitCheckAllocations(VD);
5252}
5253
5254template <class Emitter>
5256 const Expr *Init,
5257 bool Toplevel) {
5258 QualType VarTy = VD->getType();
5259 // We don't know what to do with these, so just return false.
5260 if (VarTy.isNull())
5261 return false;
5262
5263 // This case is EvalEmitter-only. If we won't create any instructions for the
5264 // initializer anyway, don't bother creating the variable in the first place.
5265 if (!this->isActive())
5267
5268 OptPrimType VarT = classify(VD->getType());
5269
5270 if (Init && Init->isValueDependent())
5271 return false;
5272
5274 auto checkDecl = [&]() -> bool {
5275 bool NeedsOp = !Toplevel && VD->isLocalVarDecl() && VD->isStaticLocal();
5276 return !NeedsOp || this->emitCheckDecl(VD, VD);
5277 };
5278
5280 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD);
5281 if (GlobalIndex) {
5282 // The global was previously created but the initializer failed.
5283 if (!P.getGlobal(*GlobalIndex)->isInitialized())
5284 return false;
5285 // We've already seen and initialized this global.
5286 if (P.isGlobalInitialized(*GlobalIndex))
5287 return checkDecl();
5288 // The previous attempt at initialization might've been unsuccessful,
5289 // so let's try this one.
5290 } else if ((GlobalIndex =
5291 P.createGlobal(VD, Init, VariablesAreConstexprUnknown))) {
5292 } else {
5293 return false;
5294 }
5295 if (!Init)
5296 return true;
5297
5298 if (!checkDecl())
5299 return false;
5300
5301 if (VarT) {
5302 if (!this->visit(Init))
5303 return false;
5304
5305 return this->emitInitGlobal(*VarT, *GlobalIndex, VD);
5306 }
5307
5308 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, Init))
5309 return false;
5310
5311 if (!this->emitStartInit(Init))
5312 return false;
5313
5314 if (!visitInitializer(Init))
5315 return false;
5316
5317 if (!this->emitEndInit(Init))
5318 return false;
5319
5320 return this->emitFinishInitGlobal(Init);
5321 }
5322 // Local variables.
5324
5325 if (VarT) {
5326 unsigned Offset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(
5327 VD, *VarT, VarTy.isConstQualified(), VarTy.isVolatileQualified(),
5329
5330 if (!Init || Init->getType()->isVoidType())
5331 return true;
5332
5333 // If this is a toplevel declaration, create a scope for the
5334 // initializer.
5335 if (Toplevel) {
5337 if (!this->visit(Init))
5338 return false;
5339 return this->emitSetLocal(*VarT, Offset, VD) && Scope.destroyLocals();
5340 }
5341 if (!this->visit(Init))
5342 return false;
5343
5344 if (VarTy->isReferenceType()) {
5345 // [C++26][decl.ref]
5346 // The object designated by such a glvalue can be outside its lifetime
5347 // Because a null pointer value or a pointer past the end of an object
5348 // does not point to an object, a reference in a well-defined program
5349 // cannot refer to such things;
5350 assert(classifyPrim(VarTy) == PT_Ptr);
5351 if (!this->emitCheckRefInit(Init))
5352 return false;
5353 }
5354
5355 return this->emitSetLocal(*VarT, Offset, VD);
5356 }
5357 // Local composite variables.
5358 if (UnsignedOrNone Offset =
5359 this->allocateLocal(VD, VarTy, ScopeKind::Block)) {
5360 if (!Init)
5361 return true;
5362
5363 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*Offset, Init))
5364 return false;
5365
5366 return visitInitializerPop(Init);
5367 }
5368 return false;
5369}
5370
5371template <class Emitter>
5373 assert(!canClassify(VD->getType()));
5374
5376 // Create a local variable to use as the instance.
5377 QualType Ty = VD->getType();
5378 Descriptor *D =
5379 P.createDescriptor(VD, Ty.getTypePtr(), Descriptor::InlineDescMD,
5380 /*IsConst=*/Ty.isConstQualified(),
5381 /*IsTemporary=*/false, /*IsMutable=*/false,
5382 /*IsVolatile=*/Ty.isVolatileQualified(), nullptr);
5383 if (!D)
5384 return false;
5385
5386 // FIXME: Would be nice if we didn't allocate the descriptor at all in this
5387 // case.
5388 if (D->hasTrivialDtor())
5389 return true;
5390
5391 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5392 Locals.insert({VD, Local});
5393 VarScope->addForScopeKind(Local, ScopeKind::Block);
5394
5395 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(Local.Offset, VD))
5396 return false;
5397
5398 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(Value, VD, Ty))
5399 return false;
5400
5401 return this->emitDestructionPop(D, VD);
5402}
5403
5404template <class Emitter>
5406 SourceInfo Info) {
5407 assert(!Val.isIndeterminate() && "Needs to be checked before");
5408 assert(!DiscardResult);
5409 if (Val.isInt())
5410 return this->emitConst(Val.getInt(), ValType, Info);
5411 if (Val.isFloat()) {
5412 APFloat F = Val.getFloat();
5413 return this->emitFloat(F, Info);
5414 }
5415
5416 if (Val.isMemberPointer()) {
5417 if (const ValueDecl *MemberDecl = Val.getMemberPointerDecl()) {
5418 if (!this->emitGetMemberPtr(MemberDecl, Info))
5419 return false;
5420
5421 bool IsDerived = Val.isMemberPointerToDerivedMember();
5422 // Apply the member pointer path.
5423 for (const CXXRecordDecl *PathEntry : Val.getMemberPointerPath()) {
5424 if (!this->emitCopyMemberPtrPath(PathEntry, IsDerived, Info))
5425 return false;
5426 }
5427
5428 return true;
5429 }
5430 return this->emitNullMemberPtr(0, nullptr, Info);
5431 }
5432
5433 if (Val.isLValue()) {
5434 if (Val.isNullPointer())
5435 return this->emitNull(ValType, 0, nullptr, Info);
5436
5439
5440 if (const Expr *BaseExpr = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
5441 return this->visit(BaseExpr);
5442 if (const auto *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()) {
5443 if (!this->visitDeclRef(VD, Info.asExpr()))
5444 return false;
5445
5446 QualType EntryType = VD->getType();
5447 for (auto &Entry : Path) {
5448 if (EntryType->isArrayType()) {
5449 uint64_t Index = Entry.getAsArrayIndex();
5450 QualType ElemType =
5451 EntryType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5452 if (!this->emitConst(Index, PT_Uint64, Info))
5453 return false;
5454 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(PT_Uint64, Info))
5455 return false;
5456 EntryType = ElemType;
5457 } else {
5458 assert(EntryType->isRecordType());
5459 const Record *EntryRecord = getRecord(EntryType);
5460 if (!EntryRecord) {
5461 assert(false);
5462
5463 return false;
5464 }
5465
5466 const Decl *BaseOrMember = Entry.getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer();
5467 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(BaseOrMember)) {
5468 unsigned EntryOffset = EntryRecord->getField(FD)->Offset;
5469 if (!this->emitGetPtrFieldPop(EntryOffset, Info))
5470 return false;
5471 EntryType = FD->getType();
5472 } else {
5473 const auto *Base = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseOrMember);
5474 unsigned BaseOffset = EntryRecord->getBase(Base)->Offset;
5475 if (!this->emitGetPtrBasePop(BaseOffset, /*NullOK=*/false, Info))
5476 return false;
5477 EntryType = Ctx.getASTContext().getCanonicalTagType(Base);
5478 }
5479 }
5480 }
5481
5482 return true;
5483 }
5484 }
5485
5486 return false;
5487}
5488
5489template <class Emitter>
5491 SourceInfo Info, QualType T) {
5492 if (Val.isStruct()) {
5493 const Record *R = this->getRecord(T);
5494 assert(R);
5495 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Val.getStructNumFields(); I != N; ++I) {
5496 const APValue &F = Val.getStructField(I);
5497 if (F.isIndeterminate())
5498 continue;
5499 const Record::Field *RF = R->getField(I);
5500 QualType FieldType = RF->Decl->getType();
5501
5502 // Fields.
5503 if (OptPrimType PT = classify(FieldType)) {
5504 if (!this->visitAPValue(F, *PT, Info))
5505 return false;
5506 if (!this->emitInitField(*PT, RF->Offset, Info))
5507 return false;
5508 } else {
5509 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(RF->Offset, Info))
5510 return false;
5511 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(F, Info, FieldType))
5512 return false;
5513 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(Info))
5514 return false;
5515 }
5516 }
5517
5518 // Bases.
5519 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Val.getStructNumBases(); I != N; ++I) {
5520 // FIXME: APValue doesn't know about virtual bases.
5521 // We simply assume that if the APValue has more bases than the Record,
5522 // those additional bases must be virtual.
5523 if (I >= R->getNumBases())
5524 break;
5525 const APValue &B = Val.getStructBase(I);
5526 if (B.isIndeterminate())
5527 continue;
5528 const Record::Base *RB = R->getBase(I);
5529 QualType BaseType = Ctx.getASTContext().getCanonicalTagType(RB->Decl);
5530
5531 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(RB->Offset, Info))
5532 return false;
5533 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(B, Info, BaseType))
5534 return false;
5535 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(Info))
5536 return false;
5537 }
5538
5539 return true;
5540 }
5541 if (Val.isUnion()) {
5542 const FieldDecl *UnionField = Val.getUnionField();
5543 if (!UnionField)
5544 return true;
5545 const Record *R = this->getRecord(T);
5546 assert(R);
5547 const APValue &F = Val.getUnionValue();
5548 if (F.isIndeterminate())
5549 return true;
5550 const Record::Field *RF = R->getField(UnionField);
5551 QualType FieldType = RF->Decl->getType();
5552
5553 if (OptPrimType PT = classify(FieldType)) {
5554 if (!this->visitAPValue(F, *PT, Info))
5555 return false;
5556 if (RF->isBitField())
5557 return this->emitInitBitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, RF->bitWidth(),
5558 Info);
5559 return this->emitInitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, Info);
5560 }
5561
5562 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(RF->Offset, Info))
5563 return false;
5564 if (!this->emitActivate(Info))
5565 return false;
5566 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(F, Info, FieldType))
5567 return false;
5568 return this->emitPopPtr(Info);
5569 }
5570 if (Val.isArray()) {
5571 unsigned InitializedElems = Val.getArrayInitializedElts();
5572 const auto *ArrType = T->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
5573 QualType ElemType = ArrType->getElementType();
5574 OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ElemType);
5575
5576 for (unsigned A = 0, AN = Val.getArraySize(); A != AN; ++A) {
5577 const APValue &Elem = A >= InitializedElems
5578 ? Val.getArrayFiller()
5579 : Val.getArrayInitializedElt(A);
5580 if (Elem.isIndeterminate())
5581 continue;
5582
5583 if (ElemT) {
5584 if (!this->visitAPValue(Elem, *ElemT, Info))
5585 return false;
5586 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, A, Info))
5587 return false;
5588 } else {
5589 if (!this->emitConstUint32(A, Info))
5590 return false;
5591 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(Info))
5592 return false;
5593 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(Elem, Info, ElemType))
5594 return false;
5595 if (!this->emitPopPtr(Info))
5596 return false;
5597 }
5598 }
5599 return true;
5600 }
5601 // TODO: Other types.
5602
5603 return false;
5604}
5605
5606template <class Emitter>
5608 unsigned BuiltinID) {
5609 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p) {
5610 // Void argument is always invalid and harder to handle later.
5611 if (E->getArg(0)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5612 if (DiscardResult)
5613 return true;
5614 return this->emitConst(0, E);
5615 }
5616
5617 if (!this->emitStartSpeculation(E))
5618 return false;
5619 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
5620 if (!this->speculate(E, EndLabel))
5621 return false;
5622 if (!this->emitEndSpeculation(E))
5623 return false;
5624 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
5625 if (DiscardResult)
5626 return this->emitPop(classifyPrim(E), E);
5627 return true;
5628 }
5629
5630 // For these, we're expected to ultimately return an APValue pointing
5631 // to the CallExpr. This is needed to get the correct codegen.
5632 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
5633 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString ||
5634 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_sign_constant ||
5635 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_function_start) {
5636 if (DiscardResult)
5637 return true;
5638 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
5639 }
5640
5642 OptPrimType ReturnT = classify(E);
5643
5644 // Non-primitive return type. Prepare storage.
5645 if (!Initializing && !ReturnT && !ReturnType->isVoidType()) {
5646 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
5647 if (!LocalIndex)
5648 return false;
5649 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
5650 return false;
5651 }
5652
5653 // Prepare function arguments including special cases.
5654 switch (BuiltinID) {
5655 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
5656 case Builtin::BI__builtin_dynamic_object_size: {
5657 assert(E->getNumArgs() == 2);
5658 const Expr *Arg0 = E->getArg(0);
5659 if (Arg0->isGLValue()) {
5660 if (!this->visit(Arg0))
5661 return false;
5662
5663 } else {
5664 if (!this->visitAsLValue(Arg0))
5665 return false;
5666 }
5667 if (!this->visit(E->getArg(1)))
5668 return false;
5669
5670 } break;
5671 case Builtin::BI__assume:
5672 case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
5673 // Argument is not evaluated.
5674 break;
5675 case Builtin::BI__atomic_is_lock_free:
5676 case Builtin::BI__atomic_always_lock_free: {
5677 assert(E->getNumArgs() == 2);
5678 if (!this->visit(E->getArg(0)))
5679 return false;
5680 if (!this->visitAsLValue(E->getArg(1)))
5681 return false;
5682 } break;
5683
5684 default:
5685 if (!Context::isUnevaluatedBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
5686 // Put arguments on the stack.
5687 for (const auto *Arg : E->arguments()) {
5688 if (!this->visit(Arg))
5689 return false;
5690 }
5691 }
5692 }
5693
5694 if (!this->emitCallBI(E, BuiltinID, E))
5695 return false;
5696
5697 if (DiscardResult && !ReturnType->isVoidType())
5698 return this->emitPop(ReturnT.value_or(PT_Ptr), E);
5699
5700 return true;
5701}
5702
5703template <class Emitter>
5705 if (E->containsErrors())
5706 return false;
5707 const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl = E->getDirectCallee();
5708
5709 if (FuncDecl) {
5710 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FuncDecl->getBuiltinID())
5711 return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, BuiltinID);
5712
5713 // Calls to replaceable operator new/operator delete.
5715 if (FuncDecl->getDeclName().isAnyOperatorNew())
5716 return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new);
5717 assert(FuncDecl->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
5718 FuncDecl->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() ==
5719 OO_Array_Delete);
5720 return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete);
5721 }
5722
5723 // Explicit calls to trivial destructors
5724 if (const auto *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FuncDecl);
5725 DD && DD->isTrivial()) {
5726 const auto *MemberCall = cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E);
5727 if (!this->visit(MemberCall->getImplicitObjectArgument()))
5728 return false;
5729 return this->emitCheckDestruction(E) && this->emitEndLifetime(E) &&
5730 this->emitPopPtr(E);
5731 }
5732 }
5733
5734 LocalScope<Emitter> CallScope(this, ScopeKind::Call);
5735
5736 QualType ReturnType = E->getCallReturnType(Ctx.getASTContext());
5738 bool HasRVO = !ReturnType->isVoidType() && !T;
5739
5740 if (HasRVO) {
5741 if (DiscardResult) {
5742 // If we need to discard the return value but the function returns its
5743 // value via an RVO pointer, we need to create one such pointer just
5744 // for this call.
5745 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E)) {
5746 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
5747 return false;
5748 }
5749 } else {
5750 // We need the result. Prepare a pointer to return or
5751 // dup the current one.
5752 if (!Initializing) {
5753 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E)) {
5754 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
5755 return false;
5756 }
5757 }
5758 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
5759 return false;
5760 }
5761 }
5762
5764
5765 bool IsAssignmentOperatorCall = false;
5766 bool ActivateLHS = false;
5767 if (const auto *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
5768 OCE && OCE->isAssignmentOp()) {
5769 // Just like with regular assignments, we need to special-case assignment
5770 // operators here and evaluate the RHS (the second arg) before the LHS (the
5771 // first arg). We fix this by using a Flip op later.
5772 assert(Args.size() == 2);
5773 const CXXRecordDecl *LHSRecord = Args[0]->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5774 ActivateLHS = LHSRecord && LHSRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
5775 IsAssignmentOperatorCall = true;
5776 std::reverse(Args.begin(), Args.end());
5777 }
5778 // Calling a static operator will still
5779 // pass the instance, but we don't need it.
5780 // Discard it here.
5781 if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
5782 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast_if_present<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl);
5783 MD && MD->isStatic()) {
5784 if (!this->discard(E->getArg(0)))
5785 return false;
5786 // Drop first arg.
5787 Args.erase(Args.begin());
5788 }
5789 }
5790
5791 bool Devirtualized = false;
5792 UnsignedOrNone CalleeOffset = std::nullopt;
5793 // Add the (optional, implicit) This pointer.
5794 if (const auto *MC = dyn_cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E)) {
5795 if (!FuncDecl && classifyPrim(E->getCallee()) == PT_MemberPtr) {
5796 // If we end up creating a CallPtr op for this, we need the base of the
5797 // member pointer as the instance pointer, and later extract the function
5798 // decl as the function pointer.
5799 const Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
5800 CalleeOffset =
5801 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Callee, PT_MemberPtr, /*IsConst=*/true);
5802 if (!this->visit(Callee))
5803 return false;
5804 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_MemberPtr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5805 return false;
5806 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_MemberPtr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5807 return false;
5808 if (!this->emitGetMemberPtrBase(E))
5809 return false;
5810 } else {
5811 const auto *InstancePtr = MC->getImplicitObjectArgument();
5812 if (isa_and_nonnull<CXXDestructorDecl>(CompilingFunction) ||
5813 isa_and_nonnull<CXXConstructorDecl>(CompilingFunction)) {
5814 const auto *Stripped = stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(InstancePtr);
5815 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(Stripped)) {
5816 FuncDecl =
5817 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl)->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(
5818 Stripped->getType()->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
5819 Devirtualized = true;
5820 if (!this->visit(Stripped))
5821 return false;
5822 } else {
5823 if (!this->visit(InstancePtr))
5824 return false;
5825 }
5826 } else {
5827 if (!this->visit(InstancePtr))
5828 return false;
5829 }
5830 }
5831 } else if (const auto *PD =
5832 dyn_cast<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E->getCallee())) {
5833 if (!this->emitCheckPseudoDtor(E))
5834 return false;
5835 const Expr *Base = PD->getBase();
5836 // E.g. `using T = int; 0.~T();`.
5837 if (OptPrimType BaseT = classify(Base); !BaseT || BaseT != PT_Ptr)
5838 return this->discard(Base);
5839 if (!this->visit(Base))
5840 return false;
5841 return this->emitEndLifetimePop(E);
5842 } else if (!FuncDecl) {
5843 const Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
5844 CalleeOffset =
5845 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Callee, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
5846 if (!this->visit(Callee))
5847 return false;
5848 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5849 return false;
5850 }
5851
5852 if (!this->visitCallArgs(Args, FuncDecl, ActivateLHS,
5854 return false;
5855
5856 // Undo the argument reversal we did earlier.
5857 if (IsAssignmentOperatorCall) {
5858 assert(Args.size() == 2);
5859 PrimType Arg1T = classify(Args[0]).value_or(PT_Ptr);
5860 PrimType Arg2T = classify(Args[1]).value_or(PT_Ptr);
5861 if (!this->emitFlip(Arg2T, Arg1T, E))
5862 return false;
5863 }
5864
5865 if (FuncDecl) {
5866 const Function *Func = getFunction(FuncDecl);
5867 if (!Func)
5868 return false;
5869
5870 // In error cases, the function may be called with fewer arguments than
5871 // parameters.
5872 if (E->getNumArgs() < Func->getNumWrittenParams())
5873 return false;
5874
5875 assert(HasRVO == Func->hasRVO());
5876
5877 bool HasQualifier = false;
5878 if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E->getCallee()))
5879 HasQualifier = ME->hasQualifier();
5880
5881 bool IsVirtual = false;
5882 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl))
5883 IsVirtual = !Devirtualized && MD->isVirtual();
5884
5885 // In any case call the function. The return value will end up on the stack
5886 // and if the function has RVO, we already have the pointer on the stack to
5887 // write the result into.
5888 if (IsVirtual && !HasQualifier) {
5889 uint32_t VarArgSize = 0;
5890 unsigned NumParams =
5891 Func->getNumWrittenParams() +
5892 (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E) && Func->hasImplicitThisParam());
5893 for (unsigned I = NumParams, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
5894 VarArgSize += align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
5895
5896 if (!this->emitCallVirt(Func, VarArgSize, E))
5897 return false;
5898 } else if (Func->isVariadic()) {
5899 uint32_t VarArgSize = 0;
5900 unsigned NumParams =
5901 Func->getNumWrittenParams() +
5902 (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E) && Func->hasImplicitThisParam());
5903 for (unsigned I = NumParams, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
5904 VarArgSize += align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
5905 if (!this->emitCallVar(Func, VarArgSize, E))
5906 return false;
5907 } else {
5908 if (!this->emitCall(Func, 0, E))
5909 return false;
5910 }
5911 } else {
5912 // Indirect call. Visit the callee, which will leave a FunctionPointer on
5913 // the stack. Cleanup of the returned value if necessary will be done after
5914 // the function call completed.
5915
5916 // Sum the size of all args from the call expr.
5917 uint32_t ArgSize = 0;
5918 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
5919 ArgSize += align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
5920
5921 // Get the callee, either from a member pointer or function pointer saved in
5922 // CalleeOffset.
5923 if (isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) && CalleeOffset) {
5924 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_MemberPtr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5925 return false;
5926 if (!this->emitGetMemberPtrDecl(E))
5927 return false;
5928 } else {
5929 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5930 return false;
5931 }
5932 if (!this->emitCallPtr(ArgSize, E, E))
5933 return false;
5934 }
5935
5936 // Cleanup for discarded return values.
5937 if (DiscardResult && !ReturnType->isVoidType() && T)
5938 return this->emitPop(*T, E) && CallScope.destroyLocals();
5939
5940 return CallScope.destroyLocals();
5941}
5942
5943template <class Emitter>
5945 SourceLocScope<Emitter> SLS(this, E);
5946
5947 return this->delegate(E->getExpr());
5948}
5949
5950template <class Emitter>
5952 SourceLocScope<Emitter> SLS(this, E);
5953
5954 return this->delegate(E->getExpr());
5955}
5956
5957template <class Emitter>
5959 if (DiscardResult)
5960 return true;
5961
5962 return this->emitConstBool(E->getValue(), E);
5963}
5964
5965template <class Emitter>
5967 const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E) {
5968 if (DiscardResult)
5969 return true;
5970
5971 uint64_t Val = Ctx.getASTContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(E->getType());
5972 return this->emitNullPtr(Val, nullptr, E);
5973}
5974
5975template <class Emitter>
5977 if (DiscardResult)
5978 return true;
5979
5980 assert(E->getType()->isIntegerType());
5981
5982 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
5983 return this->emitZero(T, E);
5984}
5985
5986template <class Emitter>
5988 if (DiscardResult)
5989 return true;
5990
5991 if constexpr (!std::is_same_v<Emitter, EvalEmitter>) {
5992 if (this->LambdaThisCapture.Offset > 0) {
5993 if (this->LambdaThisCapture.IsPtr)
5994 return this->emitGetThisFieldPtr(this->LambdaThisCapture.Offset, E);
5995 return this->emitGetPtrThisField(this->LambdaThisCapture.Offset, E);
5996 }
5997 }
5998
5999 // In some circumstances, the 'this' pointer does not actually refer to the
6000 // instance pointer of the current function frame, but e.g. to the declaration
6001 // currently being initialized. Here we emit the necessary instruction(s) for
6002 // this scenario.
6003 if (!InitStackActive || InitStack.empty())
6004 return this->emitThis(E);
6005
6006 // If our init stack is, for example:
6007 // 0 Stack: 3 (decl)
6008 // 1 Stack: 6 (init list)
6009 // 2 Stack: 1 (field)
6010 // 3 Stack: 6 (init list)
6011 // 4 Stack: 1 (field)
6012 //
6013 // We want to find the LAST element in it that's an init list,
6014 // which is marked with the K_InitList marker. The index right
6015 // before that points to an init list. We need to find the
6016 // elements before the K_InitList element that point to a base
6017 // (e.g. a decl or This), optionally followed by field, elem, etc.
6018 // In the example above, we want to emit elements [0..2].
6019 unsigned StartIndex = 0;
6020 unsigned EndIndex = 0;
6021 // Find the init list.
6022 for (StartIndex = InitStack.size() - 1; StartIndex > 0; --StartIndex) {
6023 if (InitStack[StartIndex].Kind == InitLink::K_DIE) {
6024 EndIndex = StartIndex;
6025 --StartIndex;
6026 break;
6027 }
6028 }
6029
6030 // Walk backwards to find the base.
6031 for (; StartIndex > 0; --StartIndex) {
6032 if (InitStack[StartIndex].Kind == InitLink::K_InitList)
6033 continue;
6034
6035 if (InitStack[StartIndex].Kind != InitLink::K_Field &&
6036 InitStack[StartIndex].Kind != InitLink::K_Elem &&
6037 InitStack[StartIndex].Kind != InitLink::K_DIE)
6038 break;
6039 }
6040
6041 if (StartIndex == 0 && EndIndex == 0)
6042 EndIndex = InitStack.size() - 1;
6043
6044 assert(StartIndex < EndIndex);
6045
6046 // Emit the instructions.
6047 for (unsigned I = StartIndex; I != (EndIndex + 1); ++I) {
6048 if (InitStack[I].Kind == InitLink::K_InitList ||
6049 InitStack[I].Kind == InitLink::K_DIE)
6050 continue;
6051 if (!InitStack[I].template emit<Emitter>(this, E))
6052 return false;
6053 }
6054 return true;
6055}
6056
6057template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitStmt(const Stmt *S) {
6058 switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
6059 case Stmt::CompoundStmtClass:
6061 case Stmt::DeclStmtClass:
6062 return visitDeclStmt(cast<DeclStmt>(S), /*EvaluateConditionDecl=*/true);
6063 case Stmt::ReturnStmtClass:
6065 case Stmt::IfStmtClass:
6066 return visitIfStmt(cast<IfStmt>(S));
6067 case Stmt::WhileStmtClass:
6069 case Stmt::DoStmtClass:
6070 return visitDoStmt(cast<DoStmt>(S));
6071 case Stmt::ForStmtClass:
6072 return visitForStmt(cast<ForStmt>(S));
6073 case Stmt::CXXForRangeStmtClass:
6075 case Stmt::BreakStmtClass:
6077 case Stmt::ContinueStmtClass:
6079 case Stmt::SwitchStmtClass:
6081 case Stmt::CaseStmtClass:
6082 return visitCaseStmt(cast<CaseStmt>(S));
6083 case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass:
6085 case Stmt::AttributedStmtClass:
6087 case Stmt::CXXTryStmtClass:
6089 case Stmt::NullStmtClass:
6090 return true;
6091 // Always invalid statements.
6092 case Stmt::GCCAsmStmtClass:
6093 case Stmt::MSAsmStmtClass:
6094 case Stmt::GotoStmtClass:
6095 return this->emitInvalid(S);
6096 case Stmt::LabelStmtClass:
6097 return this->visitStmt(cast<LabelStmt>(S)->getSubStmt());
6098 default: {
6099 if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<Expr>(S))
6100 return this->discard(E);
6101 return false;
6102 }
6103 }
6104}
6105
6106template <class Emitter>
6109 for (const auto *InnerStmt : S->body())
6110 if (!visitStmt(InnerStmt))
6111 return false;
6112 return Scope.destroyLocals();
6113}
6114
6115template <class Emitter>
6116bool Compiler<Emitter>::maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(const VarDecl *VD) {
6117 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast_if_present<DecompositionDecl>(VD)) {
6118 for (auto *BD : DD->flat_bindings())
6119 if (auto *KD = BD->getHoldingVar();
6120 KD && !this->visitVarDecl(KD, KD->getInit()))
6121 return false;
6122 }
6123 return true;
6124}
6125
6127 assert(FD);
6128 assert(FD->getParent()->isUnion());
6129 const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD =
6131 return !CXXRD || CXXRD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
6132}
6133
6134template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::refersToUnion(const Expr *E) {
6135 for (;;) {
6136 if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
6137 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
6138 FD && FD->getParent()->isUnion() && hasTrivialDefaultCtorParent(FD))
6139 return true;
6140 E = ME->getBase();
6141 continue;
6142 }
6143
6144 if (const auto *ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) {
6145 E = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit();
6146 continue;
6147 }
6148
6149 if (const auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
6150 ICE && (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp ||
6151 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase ||
6152 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase)) {
6153 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
6154 continue;
6155 }
6156
6157 if (const auto *This = dyn_cast<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
6158 const auto *ThisRecord =
6159 This->getType()->getPointeeType()->getAsRecordDecl();
6160 if (!ThisRecord->isUnion())
6161 return false;
6162 // Otherwise, always activate if we're in the ctor.
6163 if (const auto *Ctor =
6164 dyn_cast_if_present<CXXConstructorDecl>(CompilingFunction))
6165 return Ctor->getParent() == ThisRecord;
6166 return false;
6167 }
6168
6169 break;
6170 }
6171 return false;
6172}
6173
6174template <class Emitter>
6176 bool EvaluateConditionDecl) {
6177 for (const auto *D : DS->decls()) {
6180 continue;
6181
6182 const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6183 if (!VD)
6184 return false;
6185 if (!this->visitVarDecl(VD, VD->getInit()))
6186 return false;
6187
6188 // Register decomposition decl holding vars.
6189 if (EvaluateConditionDecl && !this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(VD))
6190 return false;
6191 }
6192
6193 return true;
6194}
6195
6196template <class Emitter>
6198 if (this->InStmtExpr)
6199 return this->emitUnsupported(RS);
6200
6201 if (const Expr *RE = RS->getRetValue()) {
6202 LocalScope<Emitter> RetScope(this);
6203 if (ReturnType) {
6204 // Primitive types are simply returned.
6205 if (!this->visit(RE))
6206 return false;
6207 this->emitCleanup();
6208 return this->emitRet(*ReturnType, RS);
6209 }
6210
6211 if (RE->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6212 if (!this->visit(RE))
6213 return false;
6214 } else {
6215 if (RE->containsErrors())
6216 return false;
6217
6219 // RVO - construct the value in the return location.
6220 if (!this->emitRVOPtr(RE))
6221 return false;
6222 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(RE))
6223 return false;
6224
6225 this->emitCleanup();
6226 return this->emitRetVoid(RS);
6227 }
6228 }
6229
6230 // Void return.
6231 this->emitCleanup();
6232 return this->emitRetVoid(RS);
6233}
6234
6235template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitIfStmt(const IfStmt *IS) {
6236 LocalScope<Emitter> IfScope(this);
6237
6238 auto visitChildStmt = [&](const Stmt *S) -> bool {
6239 LocalScope<Emitter> SScope(this);
6240 if (!visitStmt(S))
6241 return false;
6242 return SScope.destroyLocals();
6243 };
6244
6245 if (auto *CondInit = IS->getInit()) {
6246 if (!visitStmt(CondInit))
6247 return false;
6248 }
6249
6250 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = IS->getConditionVariableDeclStmt()) {
6251 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6252 return false;
6253 }
6254
6255 // Save ourselves compiling some code and the jumps, etc. if the condition is
6256 // stataically known to be either true or false. We could look at more cases
6257 // here, but I think all the ones that actually happen are using a
6258 // ConstantExpr.
6259 if (std::optional<bool> BoolValue = getBoolValue(IS->getCond())) {
6260 if (*BoolValue)
6261 return visitChildStmt(IS->getThen());
6262 if (const Stmt *Else = IS->getElse())
6263 return visitChildStmt(Else);
6264 return true;
6265 }
6266
6267 // Otherwise, compile the condition.
6268 if (IS->isNonNegatedConsteval()) {
6269 if (!this->emitIsConstantContext(IS))
6270 return false;
6271 } else if (IS->isNegatedConsteval()) {
6272 if (!this->emitIsConstantContext(IS))
6273 return false;
6274 if (!this->emitInv(IS))
6275 return false;
6276 } else {
6278 if (!this->visitBool(IS->getCond()))
6279 return false;
6280 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6281 return false;
6282 }
6283
6284 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(IS->getConditionVariable()))
6285 return false;
6286
6287 if (const Stmt *Else = IS->getElse()) {
6288 LabelTy LabelElse = this->getLabel();
6289 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
6290 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelElse, IS))
6291 return false;
6292 if (!visitChildStmt(IS->getThen()))
6293 return false;
6294 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, IS))
6295 return false;
6296 this->emitLabel(LabelElse);
6297 if (!visitChildStmt(Else))
6298 return false;
6299 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
6300 } else {
6301 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
6302 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelEnd, IS))
6303 return false;
6304 if (!visitChildStmt(IS->getThen()))
6305 return false;
6306 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
6307 }
6308
6309 if (!IfScope.destroyLocals())
6310 return false;
6311
6312 return true;
6313}
6314
6315template <class Emitter>
6317 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6318 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6319
6320 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel(); // Label before the condition.
6321 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel(); // Label after the loop.
6322 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6323 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, CondLabel);
6324
6325 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6326 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6327
6328 // Start of the loop body {
6329 LocalScope<Emitter> CondScope(this);
6330
6331 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = S->getConditionVariableDeclStmt()) {
6332 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6333 return false;
6334 }
6335
6336 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6337 return false;
6338
6339 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(S->getConditionVariable()))
6340 return false;
6341
6342 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, S))
6343 return false;
6344
6345 if (!this->visitStmt(Body))
6346 return false;
6347
6348 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6349 return false;
6350 // } End of loop body.
6351
6352 if (!this->jump(CondLabel, S))
6353 return false;
6354 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6355 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6356
6357 return CondScope.destroyLocals() && WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6358}
6359
6360template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitDoStmt(const DoStmt *S) {
6361 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6362 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6363
6364 LabelTy StartLabel = this->getLabel();
6365 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6366 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel();
6367 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6368 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, CondLabel);
6369
6370 this->fallthrough(StartLabel);
6371 this->emitLabel(StartLabel);
6372
6373 {
6374 LocalScope<Emitter> CondScope(this);
6375 if (!this->visitStmt(Body))
6376 return false;
6377 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6378 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6379 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6380 return false;
6381
6382 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6383 return false;
6384 }
6385 if (!this->jumpTrue(StartLabel, S))
6386 return false;
6387
6388 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6389 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6390 return WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6391}
6392
6393template <class Emitter>
6395 // for (Init; Cond; Inc) { Body }
6396 const Stmt *Init = S->getInit();
6397 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6398 const Expr *Inc = S->getInc();
6399 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6400
6401 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6402 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel();
6403 LabelTy IncLabel = this->getLabel();
6404
6405 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6406 if (Init && !this->visitStmt(Init))
6407 return false;
6408
6409 // Start of the loop body {
6410 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6411 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6412
6413 LocalScope<Emitter> CondScope(this);
6414 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, IncLabel);
6415 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = S->getConditionVariableDeclStmt()) {
6416 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6417 return false;
6418 }
6419
6420 if (Cond) {
6421 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6422 return false;
6423 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, S))
6424 return false;
6425 }
6426 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(S->getConditionVariable()))
6427 return false;
6428
6429 if (Body && !this->visitStmt(Body))
6430 return false;
6431
6432 this->fallthrough(IncLabel);
6433 this->emitLabel(IncLabel);
6434 if (Inc && !this->discard(Inc))
6435 return false;
6436
6437 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6438 return false;
6439 if (!this->jump(CondLabel, S))
6440 return false;
6441 // } End of loop body.
6442
6443 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6444 // If we jumped out of the loop above, we still need to clean up the condition
6445 // scope.
6446 return CondScope.destroyLocals() && WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6447}
6448
6449template <class Emitter>
6451 const Stmt *Init = S->getInit();
6452 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6453 const Expr *Inc = S->getInc();
6454 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6455 const Stmt *BeginStmt = S->getBeginStmt();
6456 const Stmt *RangeStmt = S->getRangeStmt();
6457 const Stmt *EndStmt = S->getEndStmt();
6458
6459 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6460 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel();
6461 LabelTy IncLabel = this->getLabel();
6462 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6463 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, IncLabel);
6464
6465 // Emit declarations needed in the loop.
6466 if (Init && !this->visitStmt(Init))
6467 return false;
6468 if (!this->visitStmt(RangeStmt))
6469 return false;
6470 if (!this->visitStmt(BeginStmt))
6471 return false;
6472 if (!this->visitStmt(EndStmt))
6473 return false;
6474
6475 // Now the condition as well as the loop variable assignment.
6476 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6477 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6478 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6479 return false;
6480 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, S))
6481 return false;
6482
6483 if (!this->visitDeclStmt(S->getLoopVarStmt(), /*EvaluateConditionDecl=*/true))
6484 return false;
6485
6486 // Body.
6487 {
6488 if (!this->visitStmt(Body))
6489 return false;
6490
6491 this->fallthrough(IncLabel);
6492 this->emitLabel(IncLabel);
6493 if (!this->discard(Inc))
6494 return false;
6495 }
6496
6497 if (!this->jump(CondLabel, S))
6498 return false;
6499
6500 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6501 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6502 return WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6503}
6504
6505template <class Emitter>
6507 if (LabelInfoStack.empty())
6508 return false;
6509
6510 OptLabelTy TargetLabel = std::nullopt;
6511 const Stmt *TargetLoop = S->getNamedLoopOrSwitch();
6512 const VariableScope<Emitter> *BreakScope = nullptr;
6513
6514 if (!TargetLoop) {
6515 for (const auto &LI : llvm::reverse(LabelInfoStack)) {
6516 if (LI.BreakLabel) {
6517 TargetLabel = *LI.BreakLabel;
6518 BreakScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6519 break;
6520 }
6521 }
6522 } else {
6523 for (auto LI : LabelInfoStack) {
6524 if (LI.Name == TargetLoop) {
6525 TargetLabel = *LI.BreakLabel;
6526 BreakScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6527 break;
6528 }
6529 }
6530 }
6531
6532 // Faulty break statement (e.g. label redefined or named loops disabled).
6533 if (!TargetLabel)
6534 return false;
6535
6536 for (VariableScope<Emitter> *C = this->VarScope; C != BreakScope;
6537 C = C->getParent()) {
6538 if (!C->destroyLocals())
6539 return false;
6540 }
6541
6542 return this->jump(*TargetLabel, S);
6543}
6544
6545template <class Emitter>
6547 if (LabelInfoStack.empty())
6548 return false;
6549
6550 OptLabelTy TargetLabel = std::nullopt;
6551 const Stmt *TargetLoop = S->getNamedLoopOrSwitch();
6552 const VariableScope<Emitter> *ContinueScope = nullptr;
6553
6554 if (!TargetLoop) {
6555 for (const auto &LI : llvm::reverse(LabelInfoStack)) {
6556 if (LI.ContinueLabel) {
6557 TargetLabel = *LI.ContinueLabel;
6558 ContinueScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6559 break;
6560 }
6561 }
6562 } else {
6563 for (auto LI : LabelInfoStack) {
6564 if (LI.Name == TargetLoop) {
6565 TargetLabel = *LI.ContinueLabel;
6566 ContinueScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6567 break;
6568 }
6569 }
6570 }
6571 assert(TargetLabel);
6572
6573 for (VariableScope<Emitter> *C = VarScope; C != ContinueScope;
6574 C = C->getParent()) {
6575 if (!C->destroyLocals())
6576 return false;
6577 }
6578
6579 return this->jump(*TargetLabel, S);
6580}
6581
6582template <class Emitter>
6584 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6585 if (Cond->containsErrors())
6586 return false;
6587
6588 PrimType CondT = this->classifyPrim(Cond->getType());
6589 LocalScope<Emitter> LS(this);
6590 llvm::SaveAndRestore StmtExprSAR(this->SwitchInStmtExpr, this->InStmtExpr);
6591
6592 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6593 UnsignedOrNone DefaultLabel = std::nullopt;
6594 unsigned CondVar =
6595 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Cond, CondT, /*IsConst=*/true);
6596
6597 if (const auto *CondInit = S->getInit())
6598 if (!visitStmt(CondInit))
6599 return false;
6600
6601 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = S->getConditionVariableDeclStmt())
6602 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6603 return false;
6604
6605 // Initialize condition variable.
6606 if (!this->visit(Cond))
6607 return false;
6608 if (!this->emitSetLocal(CondT, CondVar, S))
6609 return false;
6610
6611 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(S->getConditionVariable()))
6612 return false;
6613
6615 // Create labels and comparison ops for all case statements.
6616 for (const SwitchCase *SC = S->getSwitchCaseList(); SC;
6617 SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) {
6618 if (const auto *CS = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(SC)) {
6619 CaseLabels[SC] = this->getLabel();
6620
6621 if (CS->caseStmtIsGNURange()) {
6622 LabelTy EndOfRangeCheck = this->getLabel();
6623 const Expr *Low = CS->getLHS();
6624 const Expr *High = CS->getRHS();
6625 if (Low->isValueDependent() || High->isValueDependent())
6626 return false;
6627
6628 if (!this->emitGetLocal(CondT, CondVar, CS))
6629 return false;
6630 if (!this->visit(Low))
6631 return false;
6632 PrimType LT = this->classifyPrim(Low->getType());
6633 if (!this->emitGE(LT, S))
6634 return false;
6635 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndOfRangeCheck, S))
6636 return false;
6637
6638 if (!this->emitGetLocal(CondT, CondVar, CS))
6639 return false;
6640 if (!this->visit(High))
6641 return false;
6642 PrimType HT = this->classifyPrim(High->getType());
6643 if (!this->emitLE(HT, S))
6644 return false;
6645 if (!this->jumpTrue(CaseLabels[CS], S))
6646 return false;
6647 this->emitLabel(EndOfRangeCheck);
6648 continue;
6649 }
6650
6651 const Expr *Value = CS->getLHS();
6652 if (Value->isValueDependent())
6653 return false;
6654 PrimType ValueT = this->classifyPrim(Value->getType());
6655
6656 // Compare the case statement's value to the switch condition.
6657 if (!this->emitGetLocal(CondT, CondVar, CS))
6658 return false;
6659 if (!this->visit(Value))
6660 return false;
6661
6662 // Compare and jump to the case label.
6663 if (!this->emitEQ(ValueT, S))
6664 return false;
6665 if (!this->jumpTrue(CaseLabels[CS], S))
6666 return false;
6667 } else {
6668 assert(!DefaultLabel);
6669 DefaultLabel = this->getLabel();
6670 }
6671 }
6672
6673 // If none of the conditions above were true, fall through to the default
6674 // statement or jump after the switch statement.
6675 if (DefaultLabel) {
6676 if (!this->jump(*DefaultLabel, S))
6677 return false;
6678 } else {
6679 if (!this->jump(EndLabel, S))
6680 return false;
6681 }
6682
6683 SwitchScope<Emitter> SS(this, S, std::move(CaseLabels), EndLabel,
6684 DefaultLabel);
6685 if (!this->visitStmt(S->getBody()))
6686 return false;
6687 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6688 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6689
6690 return LS.destroyLocals();
6691}
6692
6693template <class Emitter>
6695 this->fallthrough(CaseLabels[S]);
6696 this->emitLabel(CaseLabels[S]);
6697
6698 // We can't jump from an outer switch statement to a case label
6699 // that's inside a StmtExpr.
6700 if (this->InStmtExpr && !this->SwitchInStmtExpr)
6701 return this->emitUnsupported(S);
6702
6703 return this->visitStmt(S->getSubStmt());
6704}
6705
6706template <class Emitter>
6708 if (LabelInfoStack.empty())
6709 return false;
6710
6711 LabelTy DefaultLabel;
6712 for (const LabelInfo &LI : llvm::reverse(LabelInfoStack)) {
6713 if (LI.DefaultLabel) {
6714 DefaultLabel = *LI.DefaultLabel;
6715 break;
6716 }
6717 }
6718
6719 this->emitLabel(DefaultLabel);
6720 return this->visitStmt(S->getSubStmt());
6721}
6722
6723template <class Emitter>
6725 const Stmt *SubStmt = S->getSubStmt();
6726
6727 bool IsMSVCConstexprAttr = isa<ReturnStmt>(SubStmt) &&
6729
6730 if (IsMSVCConstexprAttr && !this->emitPushMSVCCE(S))
6731 return false;
6732
6733 if (this->Ctx.getLangOpts().CXXAssumptions &&
6734 !this->Ctx.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
6735 for (const Attr *A : S->getAttrs()) {
6736 auto *AA = dyn_cast<CXXAssumeAttr>(A);
6737 if (!AA)
6738 continue;
6739
6740 assert(isa<NullStmt>(SubStmt));
6741
6742 const Expr *Assumption = AA->getAssumption();
6743 if (Assumption->isValueDependent())
6744 return false;
6745
6746 if (Assumption->HasSideEffects(this->Ctx.getASTContext()))
6747 continue;
6748
6749 // Evaluate assumption.
6750 if (!this->visitBool(Assumption))
6751 return false;
6752
6753 if (!this->emitAssume(Assumption))
6754 return false;
6755 }
6756 }
6757
6758 // Ignore other attributes.
6759 if (!this->visitStmt(SubStmt))
6760 return false;
6761
6762 if (IsMSVCConstexprAttr)
6763 return this->emitPopMSVCCE(S);
6764 return true;
6765}
6766
6767template <class Emitter>
6769 // Ignore all handlers.
6770 return this->visitStmt(S->getTryBlock());
6771}
6772
6773template <class Emitter>
6774bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitLambdaStaticInvokerBody(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6775 assert(MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker());
6776 assert(MD->hasBody());
6777 assert(cast<CompoundStmt>(MD->getBody())->body_empty());
6778
6779 const CXXRecordDecl *ClosureClass = MD->getParent();
6780 const FunctionDecl *LambdaCallOp;
6781 assert(ClosureClass->captures().empty());
6782 if (ClosureClass->isGenericLambda()) {
6783 LambdaCallOp = ClosureClass->getLambdaCallOperator();
6784 assert(MD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6785 "A generic lambda's static-invoker function must be a "
6786 "template specialization");
6788 FunctionTemplateDecl *CallOpTemplate =
6789 LambdaCallOp->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
6790 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
6791 const FunctionDecl *CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization =
6792 CallOpTemplate->findSpecialization(TAL->asArray(), InsertPos);
6793 assert(CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization);
6794 LambdaCallOp = CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization;
6795 } else {
6796 LambdaCallOp = ClosureClass->getLambdaCallOperator();
6797 }
6798 assert(ClosureClass->captures().empty());
6799 const Function *Func = this->getFunction(LambdaCallOp);
6800 if (!Func)
6801 return false;
6802 assert(Func->hasThisPointer());
6803 assert(Func->getNumParams() == (MD->getNumParams() + 1 + Func->hasRVO()));
6804
6805 if (Func->hasRVO()) {
6806 if (!this->emitRVOPtr(MD))
6807 return false;
6808 }
6809
6810 // The lambda call operator needs an instance pointer, but we don't have
6811 // one here, and we don't need one either because the lambda cannot have
6812 // any captures, as verified above. Emit a null pointer. This is then
6813 // special-cased when interpreting to not emit any misleading diagnostics.
6814 if (!this->emitNullPtr(0, nullptr, MD))
6815 return false;
6816
6817 // Forward all arguments from the static invoker to the lambda call operator.
6818 for (const ParmVarDecl *PVD : MD->parameters()) {
6819 auto It = this->Params.find(PVD);
6820 assert(It != this->Params.end());
6821
6822 // We do the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion manually here, so no need
6823 // to care about references.
6824 PrimType ParamType = this->classify(PVD->getType()).value_or(PT_Ptr);
6825 if (!this->emitGetParam(ParamType, It->second.Index, MD))
6826 return false;
6827 }
6828
6829 if (!this->emitCall(Func, 0, LambdaCallOp))
6830 return false;
6831
6832 this->emitCleanup();
6833 if (ReturnType)
6834 return this->emitRet(*ReturnType, MD);
6835
6836 // Nothing to do, since we emitted the RVO pointer above.
6837 return this->emitRetVoid(MD);
6838}
6839
6840template <class Emitter>
6841bool Compiler<Emitter>::checkLiteralType(const Expr *E) {
6842 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23)
6843 return true;
6844
6845 if (!E->isPRValue() || E->getType()->isLiteralType(Ctx.getASTContext()))
6846 return true;
6847
6848 return this->emitCheckLiteralType(E->getType().getTypePtr(), E);
6849}
6850
6852 const Expr *InitExpr = Init->getInit();
6853
6854 if (!Init->isWritten() && !Init->isInClassMemberInitializer() &&
6855 !isa<CXXConstructExpr>(InitExpr))
6856 return true;
6857
6858 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(InitExpr)) {
6859 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = CE->getConstructor();
6860 if (Ctor->isDefaulted() && Ctor->isCopyOrMoveConstructor() &&
6861 Ctor->isTrivial())
6862 return true;
6863 }
6864
6865 return false;
6866}
6867
6868template <class Emitter>
6869bool Compiler<Emitter>::compileConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor) {
6870 assert(!ReturnType);
6871
6872 // Only start the lifetime of the instance pointer.
6873 if (!this->emitStartThisLifetime1(Ctor))
6874 return false;
6875
6876 auto emitFieldInitializer = [&](const Record::Field *F, unsigned FieldOffset,
6877 const Expr *InitExpr,
6878 bool Activate = false) -> bool {
6879 // We don't know what to do with these, so just return false.
6880 if (InitExpr->getType().isNull())
6881 return false;
6882
6883 if (OptPrimType T = this->classify(InitExpr)) {
6884 if (Activate && !this->emitActivateThisField(FieldOffset, InitExpr))
6885 return false;
6886
6887 if (!this->visit(InitExpr))
6888 return false;
6889
6890 if (F->isBitField())
6891 return this->emitInitThisBitField(*T, FieldOffset, F->bitWidth(),
6892 InitExpr);
6893 return this->emitInitThisField(*T, FieldOffset, InitExpr);
6894 }
6895 // Non-primitive case. Get a pointer to the field-to-initialize
6896 // on the stack and call visitInitialzer() for it.
6897 InitLinkScope<Emitter> FieldScope(this, InitLink::Field(F->Offset));
6898 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisField(FieldOffset, InitExpr))
6899 return false;
6900
6901 if (Activate && !this->emitActivate(InitExpr))
6902 return false;
6903
6904 return this->visitInitializerPop(InitExpr);
6905 };
6906
6907 const RecordDecl *RD = Ctor->getParent();
6908 const Record *R = this->getRecord(RD);
6909 if (!R)
6910 return false;
6911 bool IsUnion = R->isUnion();
6912
6913 // Default union copy and move ctors are special.
6914 if (IsUnion && Ctor->isCopyOrMoveConstructor() && Ctor->isDefaulted()) {
6916
6917 // No special case for NumFields == 0 here, so the Memcpy op
6918 // below also does its checks in those cases.
6919
6920 assert(cast<CompoundStmt>(Ctor->getBody())->body_empty());
6921 if (!this->emitThis(Ctor))
6922 return false;
6923
6924 if (!this->emitGetParam(PT_Ptr, /*ParamIndex=*/0, Ctor))
6925 return false;
6926
6927 return this->emitMemcpy(Ctor) && this->emitPopPtr(Ctor) &&
6928 this->emitRetVoid(Ctor);
6929 }
6930
6931 unsigned FieldInits = 0;
6933 for (const auto *Init : Ctor->inits()) {
6934 // Scope needed for the initializers.
6935 LocalScope<Emitter> Scope(this, ScopeKind::FullExpression);
6936
6937 const Expr *InitExpr = Init->getInit();
6938 if (const FieldDecl *Member = Init->getMember()) {
6939 const Record::Field *F = R->getField(Member);
6940
6943 if (!emitFieldInitializer(F, F->Offset, InitExpr, IsUnion))
6944 return false;
6945 ++FieldInits;
6946 } else if (const Type *Base = Init->getBaseClass()) {
6947 const auto *BaseDecl = Base->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6948 assert(BaseDecl);
6949
6950 if (Init->isBaseVirtual()) {
6951 assert(R->getVirtualBase(BaseDecl));
6952 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisVirtBase(BaseDecl, InitExpr))
6953 return false;
6954
6955 } else {
6956 // Base class initializer.
6957 // Get This Base and call initializer on it.
6958 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BaseDecl);
6959 assert(B);
6960 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisBase(B->Offset, InitExpr))
6961 return false;
6962 }
6963
6964 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(InitExpr))
6965 return false;
6966 } else if (const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = Init->getIndirectMember()) {
6969 unsigned ChainSize = IFD->getChainingSize();
6970 assert(ChainSize >= 2);
6971
6972 unsigned NestedFieldOffset = 0;
6973 const Record::Field *NestedField = nullptr;
6974 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ChainSize; ++I) {
6975 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(IFD->chain()[I]);
6976 const Record *FieldRecord = this->P.getOrCreateRecord(FD->getParent());
6977 assert(FieldRecord);
6978
6979 NestedField = FieldRecord->getField(FD);
6980 assert(NestedField);
6981 IsUnion = IsUnion || FieldRecord->isUnion();
6982
6983 NestedFieldOffset += NestedField->Offset;
6984
6985 // Add a new InitChainLink for the record, but not for the final field.
6986 if (I != ChainSize - 1)
6987 InitStack.push_back(InitLink::Field(NestedField->Offset));
6988 }
6989 assert(NestedField);
6990
6992 if (!emitFieldInitializer(NestedField, NestedFieldOffset, InitExpr,
6993 IsUnion))
6994 return false;
6995
6996 // Mark all chain links as initialized.
6997 unsigned InitFieldOffset = 0;
6998 for (const NamedDecl *ND : IFD->chain().drop_back()) {
6999 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
7000 const Record *FieldRecord = this->P.getOrCreateRecord(FD->getParent());
7001 assert(FieldRecord);
7002 NestedField = FieldRecord->getField(FD);
7003 InitFieldOffset += NestedField->Offset;
7004 assert(NestedField);
7005 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisField(InitFieldOffset, InitExpr))
7006 return false;
7007 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(InitExpr))
7008 return false;
7009 }
7010
7011 InitStack.pop_back_n(ChainSize - 1);
7012
7013 } else {
7014 assert(Init->isDelegatingInitializer());
7015 if (!this->emitThis(InitExpr))
7016 return false;
7017 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(Init->getInit()))
7018 return false;
7019 }
7020
7021 if (!Scope.destroyLocals())
7022 return false;
7023 }
7024
7025 if (FieldInits != R->getNumFields()) {
7026 assert(FieldInits < R->getNumFields());
7027 // Start the lifetime of all members.
7028 if (!this->emitStartThisLifetime(Ctor))
7029 return false;
7030 }
7031
7032 if (const Stmt *Body = Ctor->getBody()) {
7033 // Only emit the CtorCheck op for non-empty CompoundStmt bodies.
7034 // For non-CompoundStmts, always assume they are non-empty and emit it.
7035 if (const auto *CS = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) {
7036 if (!CS->body_empty() && !this->emitCtorCheck(SourceInfo{}))
7037 return false;
7038 } else {
7039 if (!this->emitCtorCheck(SourceInfo{}))
7040 return false;
7041 }
7042
7043 if (!visitStmt(Body))
7044 return false;
7045 }
7046
7047 return this->emitRetVoid(SourceInfo{});
7048}
7049
7050template <class Emitter>
7051bool Compiler<Emitter>::compileDestructor(const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor) {
7052 const RecordDecl *RD = Dtor->getParent();
7053 const Record *R = this->getRecord(RD);
7054 if (!R)
7055 return false;
7056
7057 if (!Dtor->isTrivial() && Dtor->getBody()) {
7058 if (!this->visitStmt(Dtor->getBody()))
7059 return false;
7060 }
7061
7062 if (!this->emitThis(Dtor))
7063 return false;
7064
7065 if (!this->emitCheckDestruction(Dtor))
7066 return false;
7067
7068 assert(R);
7069 if (!R->isUnion()) {
7070
7072 // First, destroy all fields.
7073 for (const Record::Field &Field : llvm::reverse(R->fields())) {
7074 const Descriptor *D = Field.Desc;
7075 if (D->hasTrivialDtor())
7076 continue;
7077 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(Field.Offset, SourceInfo{}))
7078 return false;
7079 if (!this->emitDestructionPop(D, SourceInfo{}))
7080 return false;
7081 }
7082 }
7083
7084 for (const Record::Base &Base : llvm::reverse(R->bases())) {
7085 if (Base.R->hasTrivialDtor())
7086 continue;
7087 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(Base.Offset, SourceInfo{}))
7088 return false;
7089 if (!this->emitRecordDestructionPop(Base.R, {}))
7090 return false;
7091 }
7092
7093 if (!this->emitMarkDestroyed(Dtor))
7094 return false;
7095
7096 // FIXME: Virtual bases.
7097 return this->emitPopPtr(Dtor) && this->emitRetVoid(Dtor);
7098}
7099
7100template <class Emitter>
7101bool Compiler<Emitter>::compileUnionAssignmentOperator(
7102 const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
7103 if (!this->emitThis(MD))
7104 return false;
7105
7106 if (!this->emitGetParam(PT_Ptr, /*ParamIndex=*/0, MD))
7107 return false;
7108
7109 return this->emitMemcpy(MD) && this->emitRet(PT_Ptr, MD);
7110}
7111
7112template <class Emitter>
7114 if (F->getReturnType()->isDependentType())
7115 return false;
7116
7117 // Classify the return type.
7118 ReturnType = this->classify(F->getReturnType());
7119
7120 this->CompilingFunction = F;
7121
7122 if (const auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(F))
7123 return this->compileConstructor(Ctor);
7124 if (const auto *Dtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(F))
7125 return this->compileDestructor(Dtor);
7126
7127 // Emit custom code if this is a lambda static invoker.
7128 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(F)) {
7129 const RecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
7130
7131 if (RD->isUnion() &&
7133 return this->compileUnionAssignmentOperator(MD);
7134
7135 if (MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker())
7136 return this->emitLambdaStaticInvokerBody(MD);
7137 }
7138
7139 // Regular functions.
7140 if (const auto *Body = F->getBody())
7141 if (!visitStmt(Body))
7142 return false;
7143
7144 // Emit a guard return to protect against a code path missing one.
7145 if (F->getReturnType()->isVoidType())
7146 return this->emitRetVoid(SourceInfo{});
7147 return this->emitNoRet(SourceInfo{});
7148}
7149
7150static uint32_t getBitWidth(const Expr *E) {
7151 assert(E->refersToBitField());
7152 const auto *ME = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
7153 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
7154 return FD->getBitWidthValue();
7155}
7156
7157template <class Emitter>
7159 if (E->containsErrors())
7160 return false;
7161
7162 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
7163 if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType())
7164 return this->VisitComplexUnaryOperator(E);
7165 if (SubExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
7166 return this->VisitVectorUnaryOperator(E);
7167 if (SubExpr->getType()->isFixedPointType())
7168 return this->VisitFixedPointUnaryOperator(E);
7169 OptPrimType T = classify(SubExpr->getType());
7170
7171 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
7172 case UO_PostInc: { // x++
7173 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7174 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7175 if (!T)
7176 return this->emitError(E);
7177
7178 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7179 return false;
7180
7181 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7182 if (!this->emitIncPtr(E))
7183 return false;
7184
7185 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
7186 }
7187
7188 if (T == PT_Float)
7189 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncfPop(getFPOptions(E), E)
7190 : this->emitIncf(getFPOptions(E), E);
7191
7192 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField())
7193 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7194 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7195 : this->emitIncBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7196 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7197
7198 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E)
7199 : this->emitInc(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7200 }
7201 case UO_PostDec: { // x--
7202 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7203 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7204 if (!T)
7205 return this->emitError(E);
7206
7207 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7208 return false;
7209
7210 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7211 if (!this->emitDecPtr(E))
7212 return false;
7213
7214 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
7215 }
7216
7217 if (T == PT_Float)
7218 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecfPop(getFPOptions(E), E)
7219 : this->emitDecf(getFPOptions(E), E);
7220
7221 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField()) {
7222 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7223 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7224 : this->emitDecBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7225 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7226 }
7227
7228 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E)
7229 : this->emitDec(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7230 }
7231 case UO_PreInc: { // ++x
7232 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7233 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7234 if (!T)
7235 return this->emitError(E);
7236
7237 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7238 return false;
7239
7240 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7241 if (!this->emitLoadPtr(E))
7242 return false;
7243 if (!this->emitConstUint8(1, E))
7244 return false;
7245 if (!this->emitAddOffsetUint8(E))
7246 return false;
7247 return DiscardResult ? this->emitStorePopPtr(E) : this->emitStorePtr(E);
7248 }
7249
7250 // Post-inc and pre-inc are the same if the value is to be discarded.
7251 if (DiscardResult) {
7252 if (T == PT_Float)
7253 return this->emitIncfPop(getFPOptions(E), E);
7254 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField())
7255 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7256 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7257 : this->emitIncBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7258 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7259 return this->emitIncPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7260 }
7261
7262 if (T == PT_Float) {
7263 const auto &TargetSemantics = Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
7264 if (!this->emitLoadFloat(E))
7265 return false;
7266 APFloat F(TargetSemantics, 1);
7267 if (!this->emitFloat(F, E))
7268 return false;
7269
7270 if (!this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E))
7271 return false;
7272 if (!this->emitStoreFloat(E))
7273 return false;
7274 } else if (SubExpr->refersToBitField()) {
7275 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7276 if (!this->emitPreIncBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(), getBitWidth(SubExpr),
7277 E))
7278 return false;
7279 } else {
7280 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7281 if (!this->emitPreInc(*T, E->canOverflow(), E))
7282 return false;
7283 }
7284 return E->isGLValue() || this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
7285 }
7286 case UO_PreDec: { // --x
7287 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7288 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7289 if (!T)
7290 return this->emitError(E);
7291
7292 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7293 return false;
7294
7295 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7296 if (!this->emitLoadPtr(E))
7297 return false;
7298 if (!this->emitConstUint8(1, E))
7299 return false;
7300 if (!this->emitSubOffsetUint8(E))
7301 return false;
7302 return DiscardResult ? this->emitStorePopPtr(E) : this->emitStorePtr(E);
7303 }
7304
7305 // Post-dec and pre-dec are the same if the value is to be discarded.
7306 if (DiscardResult) {
7307 if (T == PT_Float)
7308 return this->emitDecfPop(getFPOptions(E), E);
7309 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField())
7310 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7311 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7312 : this->emitDecBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7313 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7314 return this->emitDecPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7315 }
7316
7317 if (T == PT_Float) {
7318 const auto &TargetSemantics = Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
7319 if (!this->emitLoadFloat(E))
7320 return false;
7321 APFloat F(TargetSemantics, 1);
7322 if (!this->emitFloat(F, E))
7323 return false;
7324
7325 if (!this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E))
7326 return false;
7327 if (!this->emitStoreFloat(E))
7328 return false;
7329 } else if (SubExpr->refersToBitField()) {
7330 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7331 if (!this->emitPreDecBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(), getBitWidth(SubExpr),
7332 E))
7333 return false;
7334 } else {
7335 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7336 if (!this->emitPreDec(*T, E->canOverflow(), E))
7337 return false;
7338 }
7339 return E->isGLValue() || this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
7340 }
7341 case UO_LNot: // !x
7342 if (!T)
7343 return this->emitError(E);
7344
7345 if (DiscardResult)
7346 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7347
7348 if (!this->visitBool(SubExpr))
7349 return false;
7350
7351 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7352 return false;
7353
7354 if (PrimType ET = classifyPrim(E->getType()); ET != PT_Bool)
7355 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, ET, E);
7356 return true;
7357 case UO_Minus: // -x
7358 if (!T)
7359 return this->emitError(E);
7360
7361 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7362 return false;
7363 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : this->emitNeg(*T, E);
7364 case UO_Plus: // +x
7365 if (!T)
7366 return this->emitError(E);
7367
7368 if (!this->visit(SubExpr)) // noop
7369 return false;
7370 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : true;
7371 case UO_AddrOf: // &x
7372 if (E->getType()->isMemberPointerType()) {
7373 // C++11 [expr.unary.op]p3 has very strict rules on how the address of a
7374 // member can be formed.
7375 if (DiscardResult)
7376 return true;
7377 return this->emitGetMemberPtr(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getDecl(), E);
7378 }
7379 // [C11 6.5.3.2p3]: if the operand of '&' is the result of a unary '*'
7380 // operator, neither operator is evaluated and the result is as if both
7381 // were omitted. So '&*q' is just 'q' with no dereference; delegate to the
7382 // pointer operand directly instead of to the '*' (which would emit a null
7383 // check), so that e.g. '&*(int *)0' is not rejected.
7384 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7385 const Expr *Sub = SubExpr->IgnoreParens();
7386 if (const auto *Deref = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Sub);
7387 Deref && Deref->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
7388 return this->delegate(Deref->getSubExpr());
7389 }
7390 // We should already have a pointer when we get here.
7391 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7392 case UO_Deref: // *x
7393 if (DiscardResult)
7394 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7395
7396 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7397 return false;
7398
7399 if (!SubExpr->getType()->isFunctionPointerType() && !this->emitCheckNull(E))
7400 return false;
7401
7402 if (classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_Ptr)
7403 return this->emitNarrowPtr(E);
7404 return true;
7405
7406 case UO_Not: // ~x
7407 if (!T)
7408 return this->emitError(E);
7409
7410 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7411 return false;
7412 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : this->emitComp(*T, E);
7413 case UO_Real: // __real x
7414 if (!T)
7415 return false;
7416 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7417 case UO_Imag: { // __imag x
7418 if (!T)
7419 return false;
7420 if (!this->discard(SubExpr))
7421 return false;
7422 return DiscardResult
7423 ? true
7424 : this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, SubExpr->getType(), SubExpr);
7425 }
7426 case UO_Extension:
7427 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7428 case UO_Coawait:
7429 assert(false && "Unhandled opcode");
7430 }
7431
7432 return false;
7433}
7434
7435template <class Emitter>
7437 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
7438 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
7439
7440 if (DiscardResult)
7441 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7442
7443 OptPrimType ResT = classify(E);
7444 auto prepareResult = [=]() -> bool {
7445 if (!ResT && !Initializing) {
7446 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(SubExpr);
7447 if (!LocalIndex)
7448 return false;
7449 return this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E);
7450 }
7451
7452 return true;
7453 };
7454
7455 // The offset of the temporary, if we created one.
7456 unsigned SubExprOffset = ~0u;
7457 auto createTemp = [=, &SubExprOffset]() -> bool {
7458 SubExprOffset =
7459 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7460 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7461 return false;
7462 return this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E);
7463 };
7464
7465 PrimType ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(SubExpr->getType());
7466 auto getElem = [=](unsigned Offset, unsigned Index) -> bool {
7467 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
7468 return false;
7469 return this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E);
7470 };
7471
7472 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
7473 case UO_Minus: // -x
7474 if (!prepareResult())
7475 return false;
7476 if (!createTemp())
7477 return false;
7478 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
7479 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7480 return false;
7481 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7482 return false;
7483 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
7484 return false;
7485 }
7486 break;
7487
7488 case UO_Plus: // +x
7489 case UO_AddrOf: // &x
7490 case UO_Deref: // *x
7491 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7492
7493 case UO_LNot:
7494 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7495 return false;
7496 if (!this->emitComplexBoolCast(SubExpr))
7497 return false;
7498 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7499 return false;
7500 if (PrimType ET = classifyPrim(E->getType()); ET != PT_Bool)
7501 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, ET, E);
7502 return true;
7503
7504 case UO_Real:
7505 return this->emitComplexReal(SubExpr);
7506
7507 case UO_Imag:
7508 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7509 return false;
7510
7511 if (SubExpr->isLValue()) {
7512 if (!this->emitConstUint8(1, E))
7513 return false;
7514 return this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint8(E);
7515 }
7516
7517 // Since our _Complex implementation does not map to a primitive type,
7518 // we sometimes have to do the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion here manually.
7519 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyPrim(E->getType()), 1, E);
7520
7521 case UO_Not: // ~x
7522 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
7523 return false;
7524 // Negate the imaginary component.
7525 if (!this->emitArrayElem(ElemT, 1, E))
7526 return false;
7527 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7528 return false;
7529 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, 1, E))
7530 return false;
7531 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
7532
7533 case UO_Extension:
7534 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7535
7536 default:
7537 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7538 }
7539
7540 return true;
7541}
7542
7543template <class Emitter>
7545 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
7546 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isVectorType());
7547
7548 if (DiscardResult)
7549 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7550
7551 auto UnaryOp = E->getOpcode();
7552 if (UnaryOp == UO_Extension)
7553 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7554
7555 if (UnaryOp != UO_Plus && UnaryOp != UO_Minus && UnaryOp != UO_LNot &&
7556 UnaryOp != UO_Not && UnaryOp != UO_AddrOf)
7557 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7558
7559 // Nothing to do here.
7560 if (UnaryOp == UO_Plus || UnaryOp == UO_AddrOf)
7561 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7562
7563 if (!Initializing) {
7564 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(SubExpr);
7565 if (!LocalIndex)
7566 return false;
7567 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
7568 return false;
7569 }
7570
7571 // The offset of the temporary, if we created one.
7572 unsigned SubExprOffset =
7573 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7574 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7575 return false;
7576 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E))
7577 return false;
7578
7579 const auto *VecTy = SubExpr->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
7580 PrimType ElemT = classifyVectorElementType(SubExpr->getType());
7581 auto getElem = [=](unsigned Offset, unsigned Index) -> bool {
7582 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
7583 return false;
7584 return this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E);
7585 };
7586
7587 switch (UnaryOp) {
7588 case UO_Minus:
7589 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
7590 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7591 return false;
7592 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7593 return false;
7594 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
7595 return false;
7596 }
7597 break;
7598 case UO_LNot: { // !x
7599 // In C++, the logic operators !, &&, || are available for vectors. !v is
7600 // equivalent to v == 0.
7601 //
7602 // The result of the comparison is a vector of the same width and number of
7603 // elements as the comparison operands with a signed integral element type.
7604 //
7605 // https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Vector-Extensions.html
7606 QualType ResultVecTy = E->getType();
7607 PrimType ResultVecElemT =
7608 classifyPrim(ResultVecTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType());
7609 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
7610 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7611 return false;
7612 // operator ! on vectors returns -1 for 'truth', so negate it.
7613 if (!this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, Ctx.getASTContext().BoolTy, E))
7614 return false;
7615 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7616 return false;
7617 if (!this->emitPrimCast(PT_Bool, ElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
7618 return false;
7619 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7620 return false;
7621 if (ElemT != ResultVecElemT &&
7622 !this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, ResultVecElemT, ResultVecTy, E))
7623 return false;
7624 if (!this->emitInitElem(ResultVecElemT, I, E))
7625 return false;
7626 }
7627 break;
7628 }
7629 case UO_Not: // ~x
7630 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
7631 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7632 return false;
7633 if (ElemT == PT_Bool) {
7634 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7635 return false;
7636 } else {
7637 if (!this->emitComp(ElemT, E))
7638 return false;
7639 }
7640 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
7641 return false;
7642 }
7643 break;
7644 default:
7645 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported unary operators should be handled up front");
7646 }
7647 return true;
7648}
7649
7650template <class Emitter>
7652 if (const auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) {
7653 if (DiscardResult)
7654 return true;
7655 return this->emitConst(ECD->getInitVal(), E);
7656 }
7657 if (const auto *FuncDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7658 if (DiscardResult)
7659 return true;
7660 const Function *F = getFunction(FuncDecl);
7661 return F && this->emitGetFnPtr(F, E);
7662 }
7663 if (const auto *TPOD = dyn_cast<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D)) {
7664 if (DiscardResult)
7665 return true;
7666
7667 if (UnsignedOrNone Index = P.getOrCreateGlobal(D)) {
7668 if (OptPrimType T = classify(D->getType())) {
7669 if (!this->visitAPValue(TPOD->getValue(), *T, E))
7670 return false;
7671 return this->emitInitGlobal(*T, *Index, E);
7672 }
7673
7674 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*Index, E))
7675 return false;
7676 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(TPOD->getValue(), E, TPOD->getType()))
7677 return false;
7678 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
7679 }
7680 return false;
7681 }
7682
7683 // References are implemented via pointers, so when we see a DeclRefExpr
7684 // pointing to a reference, we need to get its value directly (i.e. the
7685 // pointer to the actual value) instead of a pointer to the pointer to the
7686 // value.
7687 QualType DeclType = D->getType();
7688 bool IsReference = DeclType->isReferenceType();
7689
7690 auto maybePopPtr = [&]() -> bool {
7691 if (DiscardResult)
7692 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
7693 return true;
7694 };
7695
7696 // Function parameters.
7697 // Note that it's important to check them first since we might have a local
7698 // variable created for a ParmVarDecl as well.
7699 if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
7700 if (DiscardResult)
7701 return true;
7702
7703 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
7704 !DeclType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7705 return this->emitInvalidDeclRef(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E),
7706 /*InitializerFailed=*/false, E);
7707 }
7708 if (auto It = this->Params.find(PVD); It != this->Params.end()) {
7709 if (IsReference || !It->second.IsPtr)
7710 return this->emitGetParam(classifyPrim(E), It->second.Index, E);
7711
7712 return this->emitGetPtrParam(It->second.Index, E);
7713 }
7714
7715 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 && IsReference)
7716 return this->emitInvalidDeclRef(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E),
7717 /*InitializerFailed=*/false, E);
7718 }
7719 // Local variables.
7720 if (auto It = Locals.find(D); It != Locals.end()) {
7721 const unsigned Offset = It->second.Offset;
7722 if (IsReference) {
7723 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_Ptr);
7724 return this->emitGetRefLocal(Offset, E) && maybePopPtr();
7725 }
7726 return this->emitGetPtrLocal(Offset, E) && maybePopPtr();
7727 }
7728 // Global variables.
7729 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(D)) {
7730 if (IsReference) {
7731 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
7732 return this->emitGetGlobal(classifyPrim(E), *GlobalIndex, E);
7733 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23)
7734 return this->emitGetGlobalUnchecked(classifyPrim(E), *GlobalIndex, E);
7735
7736 return this->emitGetRefGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E) && maybePopPtr();
7737 }
7738
7739 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E) && maybePopPtr();
7740 }
7741
7742 // In case we need to re-visit a declaration.
7743 auto revisit = [&](const VarDecl *VD,
7744 bool IsConstexprUnknown = true) -> bool {
7746 IsConstexprUnknown);
7747 if (!this->emitPushCC(VD->hasConstantInitialization(), E))
7748 return false;
7749 auto VarState = this->visitDecl(VD);
7750
7751 if (!this->emitPopCC(E))
7752 return false;
7753
7754 if (VarState.notCreated())
7755 return true;
7756 if (!VarState)
7757 return false;
7758 // Retry.
7759 return this->visitDeclRef(D, E);
7760 };
7761
7762 if constexpr (!std::is_same_v<Emitter, EvalEmitter>) {
7763 // Lambda captures.
7764 if (auto It = this->LambdaCaptures.find(D);
7765 It != this->LambdaCaptures.end()) {
7766 auto [Offset, IsPtr] = It->second;
7767
7768 if (IsPtr)
7769 return this->emitGetThisFieldPtr(Offset, E) && maybePopPtr();
7770 return this->emitGetPtrThisField(Offset, E) && maybePopPtr();
7771 }
7772 }
7773
7774 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7775 DRE && DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) {
7776 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); VD && VD->isInitCapture())
7777 return revisit(VD);
7778 }
7779
7780 if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D))
7781 return this->delegate(BD->getBinding());
7782
7783 // Avoid infinite recursion.
7784 if (D == InitializingDecl) {
7785 if (DiscardResult)
7786 return true;
7787 return this->emitDummyPtr(D, E);
7788 }
7789
7790 // Try to lazily visit (or emit dummy pointers for) declarations
7791 // we haven't seen yet.
7792 const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7793 if (!VD)
7794 return this->emitError(E);
7795
7796 // For C.
7797 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7798 if (VD->getInit() && !VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() &&
7799 DeclType.isConstant(Ctx.getASTContext()) && !VD->isWeak() &&
7800 VD->evaluateValue())
7801 return revisit(VD, /*IsConstexprUnknown=*/false);
7802
7803 if (DiscardResult)
7804 return true;
7805 return this->emitDummyPtr(D, E);
7806 }
7807
7808 // ... and C++.
7809 const auto typeShouldBeVisited = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
7810 if (T.isConstant(Ctx.getASTContext()))
7811 return true;
7812 return T->isReferenceType();
7813 };
7814
7815 if ((VD->hasGlobalStorage() || VD->isStaticDataMember()) &&
7816 typeShouldBeVisited(DeclType)) {
7817 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer();
7818 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
7819 // Whether or not the evaluation is successul doesn't really matter
7820 // here -- we will create a global variable in any case, and that
7821 // will have the state of initializer evaluation attached.
7823 (void)Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Ctx.getASTContext(), VD, Result, true);
7824 return this->visitDeclRef(D, E);
7825 }
7826 return revisit(VD, !VD->isConstexpr() && DeclType->isReferenceType());
7827 }
7828
7829 // FIXME: The evaluateValue() check here is a little ridiculous, since
7830 // it will ultimately call into Context::evaluateAsInitializer(). In
7831 // other words, we're evaluating the initializer, just to know if we can
7832 // evaluate the initializer.
7833 if (VD->isLocalVarDecl() && typeShouldBeVisited(DeclType) && VD->getInit() &&
7834 !VD->getInit()->isValueDependent()) {
7835 if (VD->evaluateValue()) {
7836 bool IsConstexprUnknown = !DeclType.isConstant(Ctx.getASTContext()) &&
7837 !DeclType->isReferenceType();
7838 // Revisit the variable declaration, but make sure it's associated with a
7839 // different evaluation, so e.g. mutable reads don't work on it.
7840 EvalIDScope _(Ctx);
7841 return revisit(VD, IsConstexprUnknown);
7842 } else if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 && IsReference)
7843 return revisit(VD, /*IsConstexprUnknown=*/true);
7844
7845 if (IsReference)
7846 return this->emitInvalidDeclRef(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E),
7847 /*InitializerFailed=*/true, E);
7848 }
7849
7850 if (DiscardResult)
7851 return true;
7852 return this->emitDummyPtr(
7853 D, E, Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 && DeclType->isReferenceType());
7854}
7855
7856template <class Emitter>
7858 const auto *D = E->getDecl();
7859 return this->visitDeclRef(D, E);
7860}
7861
7862template <class Emitter>
7864 const DesignatedInitUpdateExpr *E) {
7865 if (!this->visitInitializer(E->getBase()))
7866 return false;
7867 return this->visitInitializer(E->getUpdater());
7868}
7869
7870template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitCleanup() {
7871 for (VariableScope<Emitter> *C = VarScope; C; C = C->getParent()) {
7872 if (!C->destroyLocals())
7873 return false;
7874 }
7875 return true;
7876}
7877
7878template <class Emitter>
7879unsigned Compiler<Emitter>::collectBaseOffset(const QualType BaseType,
7880 const QualType DerivedType) {
7881 const auto extractRecordDecl = [](QualType Ty) -> const CXXRecordDecl * {
7882 if (const auto *R = Ty->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl())
7883 return R;
7884 return Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
7885 };
7886 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = extractRecordDecl(BaseType);
7887 const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedDecl = extractRecordDecl(DerivedType);
7888
7889 return Ctx.collectBaseOffset(BaseDecl, DerivedDecl);
7890}
7891
7892/// Emit casts from a PrimType to another PrimType.
7893template <class Emitter>
7894bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitPrimCast(PrimType FromT, PrimType ToT,
7895 QualType ToQT, const Expr *E) {
7896
7897 if (FromT == PT_Float) {
7898 // Floating to floating.
7899 if (ToT == PT_Float) {
7900 const llvm::fltSemantics *ToSem = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ToQT);
7901 return this->emitCastFP(ToSem, getRoundingMode(E), E);
7902 }
7903
7904 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
7905 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT),
7906 getFPOptions(E), E);
7907 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
7908 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT),
7909 getFPOptions(E), E);
7910
7911 // Float to integral.
7912 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(ToT) || ToT == PT_Bool)
7913 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(ToT, getFPOptions(E), E);
7914 }
7915
7916 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(FromT) || FromT == PT_Bool) {
7917 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
7918 return this->emitCastAP(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7919 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
7920 return this->emitCastAPS(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7921
7922 // Integral to integral.
7923 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(ToT) || ToT == PT_Bool)
7924 return FromT != ToT ? this->emitCast(FromT, ToT, E) : true;
7925
7926 if (ToT == PT_Float) {
7927 // Integral to floating.
7928 const llvm::fltSemantics *ToSem = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ToQT);
7929 return this->emitCastIntegralFloating(FromT, ToSem, getFPOptions(E), E);
7930 }
7931 }
7932
7933 return false;
7934}
7935
7936template <class Emitter>
7937bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitIntegralCast(PrimType FromT, PrimType ToT,
7938 QualType ToQT, const Expr *E) {
7939 assert(FromT != ToT);
7940
7941 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
7942 return this->emitCastAP(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7943 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
7944 return this->emitCastAPS(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7945
7946 return this->emitCast(FromT, ToT, E);
7947}
7948
7949/// Emits __real(SubExpr)
7950template <class Emitter>
7951bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitComplexReal(const Expr *SubExpr) {
7952 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
7953
7954 if (DiscardResult)
7955 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7956
7957 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7958 return false;
7959 if (SubExpr->isLValue()) {
7960 if (!this->emitConstUint8(0, SubExpr))
7961 return false;
7962 return this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint8(SubExpr);
7963 }
7964
7965 // Rvalue, load the actual element.
7966 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyComplexElementType(SubExpr->getType()),
7967 0, SubExpr);
7968}
7969
7970template <class Emitter>
7971bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitComplexBoolCast(const Expr *E) {
7972 assert(!DiscardResult);
7973 PrimType ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(E->getType());
7974 // We emit the expression (__real(E) != 0 || __imag(E) != 0)
7975 // for us, that means (bool)E[0] || (bool)E[1]
7976 if (!this->emitArrayElem(ElemT, 0, E))
7977 return false;
7978 if (ElemT == PT_Float) {
7979 if (!this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(PT_Bool, getFPOptions(E), E))
7980 return false;
7981 } else {
7982 if (!this->emitCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, E))
7983 return false;
7984 }
7985
7986 // We now have the bool value of E[0] on the stack.
7987 LabelTy LabelTrue = this->getLabel();
7988 if (!this->jumpTrue(LabelTrue, E))
7989 return false;
7990
7991 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, 1, E))
7992 return false;
7993 if (ElemT == PT_Float) {
7994 if (!this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(PT_Bool, getFPOptions(E), E))
7995 return false;
7996 } else {
7997 if (!this->emitCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, E))
7998 return false;
7999 }
8000 // Leave the boolean value of E[1] on the stack.
8001 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
8002 this->jump(EndLabel, E);
8003
8004 this->emitLabel(LabelTrue);
8005 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
8006 return false;
8007 if (!this->emitConstBool(true, E))
8008 return false;
8009
8010 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
8011 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
8012
8013 return true;
8014}
8015
8016template <class Emitter>
8017bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitComplexComparison(const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS,
8018 const BinaryOperator *E) {
8019 assert(E->isComparisonOp());
8020 assert(!Initializing);
8021 if (DiscardResult)
8022 return this->discard(LHS) && this->discard(RHS);
8023
8024 PrimType ElemT;
8025 bool LHSIsComplex;
8026 unsigned LHSOffset;
8027 if (LHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
8028 LHSIsComplex = true;
8029 ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(LHS->getType());
8030 LHSOffset = allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
8031 if (!this->visit(LHS))
8032 return false;
8033 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
8034 return false;
8035 } else {
8036 LHSIsComplex = false;
8037 PrimType LHST = classifyPrim(LHS->getType());
8038 LHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, LHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
8039 if (!this->visit(LHS))
8040 return false;
8041 if (!this->emitSetLocal(LHST, LHSOffset, E))
8042 return false;
8043 }
8044
8045 bool RHSIsComplex;
8046 unsigned RHSOffset;
8047 if (RHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
8048 RHSIsComplex = true;
8049 ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(RHS->getType());
8050 RHSOffset = allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
8051 if (!this->visit(RHS))
8052 return false;
8053 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, RHSOffset, E))
8054 return false;
8055 } else {
8056 RHSIsComplex = false;
8057 PrimType RHST = classifyPrim(RHS->getType());
8058 RHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, RHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
8059 if (!this->visit(RHS))
8060 return false;
8061 if (!this->emitSetLocal(RHST, RHSOffset, E))
8062 return false;
8063 }
8064
8065 auto getElem = [&](unsigned LocalOffset, unsigned Index,
8066 bool IsComplex) -> bool {
8067 if (IsComplex) {
8068 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, LocalOffset, E))
8069 return false;
8070 return this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E);
8071 }
8072 return this->emitGetLocal(ElemT, LocalOffset, E);
8073 };
8074
8075 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
8076 // Get both values.
8077 if (!getElem(LHSOffset, I, LHSIsComplex))
8078 return false;
8079 if (!getElem(RHSOffset, I, RHSIsComplex))
8080 return false;
8081 // And compare them.
8082 if (!this->emitEQ(ElemT, E))
8083 return false;
8084
8085 if (!this->emitCastBoolUint8(E))
8086 return false;
8087 }
8088
8089 // We now have two bool values on the stack. Compare those.
8090 if (!this->emitAddUint8(E))
8091 return false;
8092 if (!this->emitConstUint8(2, E))
8093 return false;
8094
8095 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_EQ) {
8096 if (!this->emitEQUint8(E))
8097 return false;
8098 } else if (E->getOpcode() == BO_NE) {
8099 if (!this->emitNEUint8(E))
8100 return false;
8101 } else
8102 return false;
8103
8104 // In C, this returns an int.
8105 if (PrimType ResT = classifyPrim(E->getType()); ResT != PT_Bool)
8106 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, ResT, E);
8107 return true;
8108}
8109
8110/// When calling this, we have a pointer of the local-to-destroy
8111/// on the stack.
8112/// Emit destruction of record types (or arrays of record types).
8113template <class Emitter>
8114bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitRecordDestructionPop(const Record *R,
8115 SourceInfo Loc) {
8116 assert(R);
8117 assert(!R->hasTrivialDtor());
8118 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = R->getDestructor();
8119 assert(Dtor);
8120 const Function *DtorFunc = getFunction(Dtor);
8121 if (!DtorFunc)
8122 return false;
8123 assert(DtorFunc->hasThisPointer());
8124 assert(DtorFunc->getNumParams() == 1);
8125 return this->emitCall(DtorFunc, 0, Loc);
8126}
8127/// When calling this, we have a pointer of the local-to-destroy
8128/// on the stack.
8129/// Emit destruction of record types (or arrays of record types).
8130template <class Emitter>
8131bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitDestructionPop(const Descriptor *Desc,
8132 SourceInfo Loc) {
8133 assert(Desc);
8134 assert(!Desc->hasTrivialDtor());
8135
8136 // Arrays.
8137 if (Desc->isArray()) {
8138 const Descriptor *ElemDesc = Desc->ElemDesc;
8139 assert(ElemDesc);
8140
8141 unsigned N = Desc->getNumElems();
8142 if (N == 0)
8143 return this->emitPopPtr(Loc);
8144
8145 for (ssize_t I = N - 1; I >= 1; --I) {
8146 if (!this->emitConstUint64(I, Loc))
8147 return false;
8148 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint64(Loc))
8149 return false;
8150 if (!this->emitDestructionPop(ElemDesc, Loc))
8151 return false;
8152 }
8153 // Last iteration, removes the instance pointer from the stack.
8154 if (!this->emitConstUint64(0, Loc))
8155 return false;
8156 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint64(Loc))
8157 return false;
8158 return this->emitDestructionPop(ElemDesc, Loc);
8159 }
8160
8161 assert(Desc->ElemRecord);
8162 assert(!Desc->ElemRecord->hasTrivialDtor());
8163 return this->emitRecordDestructionPop(Desc->ElemRecord, Loc);
8164}
8165
8166/// Create a dummy pointer for the given decl (or expr) and
8167/// push a pointer to it on the stack.
8168template <class Emitter>
8169bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitDummyPtr(const DeclTy &D, const Expr *E, bool CU) {
8170 assert(!DiscardResult && "Should've been checked before");
8171 unsigned DummyID = P.getOrCreateDummy(D, CU);
8172
8173 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(DummyID, E))
8174 return false;
8175 if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
8176 return true;
8177
8178 // Convert the dummy pointer to another pointer type if we have to.
8179 if (PrimType PT = classifyPrim(E); PT != PT_Ptr) {
8180 if (isPtrType(PT))
8181 return this->emitDecayPtr(PT_Ptr, PT, E);
8182 return false;
8183 }
8184 return true;
8185}
8186
8187template <class Emitter>
8188bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitFloat(const APFloat &F, SourceInfo Info) {
8189 if (Floating::singleWord(F.getSemantics()))
8190 return this->emitConstFloat(Floating(F), Info);
8191
8192 APInt I = F.bitcastToAPInt();
8193 return this->emitConstFloat(
8194 Floating(const_cast<uint64_t *>(I.getRawData()),
8195 llvm::APFloatBase::SemanticsToEnum(F.getSemantics())),
8196 Info);
8197}
8198
8199// This function is constexpr if and only if To, From, and the types of
8200// all subobjects of To and From are types T such that...
8201// (3.1) - is_union_v<T> is false;
8202// (3.2) - is_pointer_v<T> is false;
8203// (3.3) - is_member_pointer_v<T> is false;
8204// (3.4) - is_volatile_v<T> is false; and
8205// (3.5) - T has no non-static data members of reference type
8206template <class Emitter>
8207bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitBuiltinBitCast(const CastExpr *E) {
8208 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
8209 QualType FromType = SubExpr->getType();
8210 QualType ToType = E->getType();
8211 OptPrimType ToT = classify(ToType);
8212
8213 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
8214
8215 // Prepare storage for the result in case we discard.
8216 if (DiscardResult && !Initializing && !ToT) {
8217 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
8218 if (!LocalIndex)
8219 return false;
8220 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
8221 return false;
8222 }
8223
8224 // Get a pointer to the value-to-cast on the stack.
8225 // For CK_LValueToRValueBitCast, this is always an lvalue and
8226 // we later assume it to be one (i.e. a PT_Ptr). However,
8227 // we call this function for other utility methods where
8228 // a bitcast might be useful, so convert it to a PT_Ptr in that case.
8229 if (SubExpr->isGLValue() || FromType->isVectorType()) {
8230 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
8231 return false;
8232 } else if (OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr)) {
8233 unsigned TempOffset =
8234 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, *FromT, /*IsConst=*/true);
8235 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
8236 return false;
8237 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*FromT, TempOffset, E))
8238 return false;
8239 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(TempOffset, E))
8240 return false;
8241 } else {
8242 return false;
8243 }
8244
8245 if (!ToT) {
8246 if (!this->emitBitCast(E))
8247 return false;
8248 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
8249 }
8250 assert(ToT);
8251
8252 const llvm::fltSemantics *TargetSemantics = nullptr;
8253 if (ToT == PT_Float)
8254 TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ToType);
8255
8256 // Conversion to a primitive type. FromType can be another
8257 // primitive type, or a record/array.
8258 bool ToTypeIsUChar = (ToType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::UChar) ||
8259 ToType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U));
8260 uint32_t ResultBitWidth = std::max(Ctx.getBitWidth(ToType), 8u);
8261
8262 if (!this->emitBitCastPrim(*ToT, ToTypeIsUChar || ToType->isStdByteType(),
8263 ResultBitWidth, TargetSemantics,
8264 ToType.getTypePtr(), E))
8265 return false;
8266
8267 if (DiscardResult)
8268 return this->emitPop(*ToT, E);
8269
8270 return true;
8271}
8272
8273/// Replicate a scalar value into every scalar element of an aggregate.
8274/// The scalar is stored in a local at \p SrcOffset and a pointer to the
8275/// destination must be on top of the interpreter stack. Each element receives
8276/// the scalar, cast to its own type.
8277template <class Emitter>
8278bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitHLSLAggregateSplat(PrimType SrcT,
8279 unsigned SrcOffset,
8280 QualType DestType,
8281 const Expr *E) {
8282 // Vectors and matrices are treated as flat sequences of elements.
8283 unsigned NumElems = 0;
8284 QualType ElemType;
8285 if (const auto *VT = DestType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
8286 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
8287 ElemType = VT->getElementType();
8288 } else if (const auto *MT = DestType->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
8289 NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8290 ElemType = MT->getElementType();
8291 }
8292 if (NumElems > 0) {
8293 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
8294 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
8295 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SrcT, SrcOffset, E))
8296 return false;
8297 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcT, ElemT, ElemType, E))
8298 return false;
8299 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
8300 return false;
8301 }
8302 return true;
8303 }
8304
8305 // Arrays: primitive elements are filled directly; composite elements
8306 // require recursion into each sub-aggregate.
8307 if (const auto *AT = DestType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8308 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8309 QualType ArrElemType = CAT->getElementType();
8310 unsigned ArrSize = CAT->getZExtSize();
8311
8312 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ArrElemType)) {
8313 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8314 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SrcT, SrcOffset, E))
8315 return false;
8316 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcT, *ElemT, ArrElemType, E))
8317 return false;
8318 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, I, E))
8319 return false;
8320 }
8321 } else {
8322 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8323 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
8324 return false;
8325 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(E))
8326 return false;
8327 if (!emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcT, SrcOffset, ArrElemType, E))
8328 return false;
8329 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8330 return false;
8331 }
8332 }
8333 return true;
8334 }
8335
8336 // Records: fill base classes first, then named fields in declaration
8337 // order.
8338 if (DestType->isRecordType()) {
8339 const Record *R = getRecord(DestType);
8340 if (!R)
8341 return false;
8342
8343 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8344 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) {
8345 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BS.getType());
8346 assert(B);
8347 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B->Offset, E))
8348 return false;
8349 if (!emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcT, SrcOffset, BS.getType(), E))
8350 return false;
8351 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8352 return false;
8353 }
8354 }
8355
8356 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8357 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8358 continue;
8359
8360 QualType FieldType = F.Decl->getType();
8361 if (OptPrimType FieldT = classify(FieldType)) {
8362 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SrcT, SrcOffset, E))
8363 return false;
8364 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcT, *FieldT, FieldType, E))
8365 return false;
8366 if (F.isBitField()) {
8367 if (!this->emitInitBitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, F.bitWidth(), E))
8368 return false;
8369 } else {
8370 if (!this->emitInitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, E))
8371 return false;
8372 }
8373 } else {
8374 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(F.Offset, E))
8375 return false;
8376 if (!emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcT, SrcOffset, FieldType, E))
8377 return false;
8378 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
8379 return false;
8380 }
8381 }
8382 return true;
8383 }
8384
8385 return false;
8386}
8387
8388/// Return the total number of scalar elements in a type. This is used
8389/// to cap how many source elements are extracted during an elementwise cast,
8390/// so we never flatten more than the destination can hold.
8391template <class Emitter>
8392unsigned Compiler<Emitter>::countHLSLFlatElements(QualType Ty) {
8393 // Vector and matrix types are treated as flat sequences of elements.
8394 if (const auto *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>())
8395 return VT->getNumElements();
8396 if (const auto *MT = Ty->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>())
8397 return MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8398 // Arrays: total count is array size * scalar elements per element.
8399 if (const auto *AT = Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8400 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8401 return CAT->getZExtSize() * countHLSLFlatElements(CAT->getElementType());
8402 }
8403 // Records: sum scalar element counts of base classes and named fields.
8404 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
8405 const Record *R = getRecord(Ty);
8406 if (!R)
8407 return 0;
8408 unsigned Count = 0;
8409 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8410 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases())
8411 Count += countHLSLFlatElements(BS.getType());
8412 }
8413 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8414 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8415 continue;
8416 Count += countHLSLFlatElements(F.Decl->getType());
8417 }
8418 return Count;
8419 }
8420 // Scalar primitive types contribute one element.
8421 if (canClassify(Ty))
8422 return 1;
8423 return 0;
8424}
8425
8426/// Walk a source aggregate and extract every scalar element into its own local
8427/// variable. The results are appended to \p Elements in declaration order,
8428/// stopping once \p MaxElements have been collected. A pointer to the
8429/// source aggregate must be stored in the local at \p SrcOffset.
8430template <class Emitter>
8431bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(
8432 QualType SrcType, unsigned SrcOffset,
8433 SmallVectorImpl<HLSLFlatElement> &Elements, unsigned MaxElements,
8434 const Expr *E) {
8435
8436 // Save a scalar value from the stack into a new local and record it.
8437 auto saveToLocal = [&](PrimType T) -> bool {
8438 unsigned Offset = allocateLocalPrimitive(E, T, /*IsConst=*/true);
8439 if (!this->emitSetLocal(T, Offset, E))
8440 return false;
8441 Elements.push_back({Offset, T});
8442 return true;
8443 };
8444
8445 // Save a pointer from the stack into a new local for later use.
8446 auto savePtrToLocal = [&]() -> UnsignedOrNone {
8447 unsigned Offset = allocateLocalPrimitive(E, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
8448 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
8449 return std::nullopt;
8450 return Offset;
8451 };
8452
8453 // Vectors and matrices are flat sequences of elements.
8454 unsigned NumElems = 0;
8455 QualType ElemType;
8456 if (const auto *VT = SrcType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
8457 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
8458 ElemType = VT->getElementType();
8459 } else if (const auto *MT = SrcType->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
8460 NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8461 ElemType = MT->getElementType();
8462 }
8463 if (NumElems > 0) {
8464 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
8465 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems && Elements.size() < MaxElements; ++I) {
8466 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8467 return false;
8468 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, I, E))
8469 return false;
8470 if (!saveToLocal(ElemT))
8471 return false;
8472 }
8473 return true;
8474 }
8475
8476 // Arrays: primitive elements are extracted directly; composite elements
8477 // require recursion into each sub-aggregate.
8478 if (const auto *AT = SrcType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8479 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8480 QualType ArrElemType = CAT->getElementType();
8481 unsigned ArrSize = CAT->getZExtSize();
8482
8483 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ArrElemType)) {
8484 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize && Elements.size() < MaxElements; ++I) {
8485 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8486 return false;
8487 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(*ElemT, I, E))
8488 return false;
8489 if (!saveToLocal(*ElemT))
8490 return false;
8491 }
8492 } else {
8493 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize && Elements.size() < MaxElements; ++I) {
8494 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8495 return false;
8496 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
8497 return false;
8498 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint32(E))
8499 return false;
8500 UnsignedOrNone ElemPtrOffset = savePtrToLocal();
8501 if (!ElemPtrOffset)
8502 return false;
8503 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(ArrElemType, *ElemPtrOffset, Elements,
8504 MaxElements, E))
8505 return false;
8506 }
8507 }
8508 return true;
8509 }
8510
8511 // Records: base classes come first, then named fields in declaration
8512 // order.
8513 if (SrcType->isRecordType()) {
8514 const Record *R = getRecord(SrcType);
8515 if (!R)
8516 return false;
8517
8518 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8519 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) {
8520 if (Elements.size() >= MaxElements)
8521 break;
8522 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BS.getType());
8523 assert(B);
8524 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8525 return false;
8526 if (!this->emitGetPtrBasePop(B->Offset, /*NullOK=*/false, E))
8527 return false;
8528 UnsignedOrNone BasePtrOffset = savePtrToLocal();
8529 if (!BasePtrOffset)
8530 return false;
8531 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(BS.getType(), *BasePtrOffset, Elements,
8532 MaxElements, E))
8533 return false;
8534 }
8535 }
8536
8537 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8538 if (Elements.size() >= MaxElements)
8539 break;
8540 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8541 continue;
8542
8543 QualType FieldType = F.Decl->getType();
8544 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8545 return false;
8546 if (!this->emitGetPtrFieldPop(F.Offset, E))
8547 return false;
8548
8549 if (OptPrimType FieldT = classify(FieldType)) {
8550 if (!this->emitLoadPop(*FieldT, E))
8551 return false;
8552 if (!saveToLocal(*FieldT))
8553 return false;
8554 } else {
8555 UnsignedOrNone FieldPtrOffset = savePtrToLocal();
8556 if (!FieldPtrOffset)
8557 return false;
8558 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(FieldType, *FieldPtrOffset, Elements,
8559 MaxElements, E))
8560 return false;
8561 }
8562 }
8563 return true;
8564 }
8565
8566 return false;
8567}
8568
8569/// Populate an HLSL aggregate from a flat list of previously extracted source
8570/// elements, casting each to the corresponding destination element type.
8571/// \p ElemIdx tracks the current position in \p Elements and is advanced as
8572/// elements are consumed. A pointer to the destination must be on top of the
8573/// interpreter stack.
8574template <class Emitter>
8575bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitHLSLConstructAggregate(
8576 QualType DestType, ArrayRef<HLSLFlatElement> Elements, unsigned &ElemIdx,
8577 const Expr *E) {
8578
8579 // Consume the next source element, cast it, and leave it on the stack.
8580 auto loadAndCast = [&](PrimType DestT, QualType DestQT) -> bool {
8581 const auto &Src = Elements[ElemIdx++];
8582 if (!this->emitGetLocal(Src.Type, Src.LocalOffset, E))
8583 return false;
8584 return this->emitPrimCast(Src.Type, DestT, DestQT, E);
8585 };
8586
8587 // Vectors and matrices are flat sequences of elements.
8588 unsigned NumElems = 0;
8589 QualType ElemType;
8590 if (const auto *VT = DestType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
8591 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
8592 ElemType = VT->getElementType();
8593 } else if (const auto *MT = DestType->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
8594 NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8595 ElemType = MT->getElementType();
8596 }
8597 if (NumElems > 0) {
8598 PrimType DestElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
8599 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
8600 if (!loadAndCast(DestElemT, ElemType))
8601 return false;
8602 if (!this->emitInitElem(DestElemT, I, E))
8603 return false;
8604 }
8605 return true;
8606 }
8607
8608 // Arrays: primitive elements are filled directly; composite elements
8609 // require recursion into each sub-aggregate.
8610 if (const auto *AT = DestType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8611 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8612 QualType ArrElemType = CAT->getElementType();
8613 unsigned ArrSize = CAT->getZExtSize();
8614
8615 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ArrElemType)) {
8616 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8617 if (!loadAndCast(*ElemT, ArrElemType))
8618 return false;
8619 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, I, E))
8620 return false;
8621 }
8622 } else {
8623 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8624 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
8625 return false;
8626 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(E))
8627 return false;
8628 if (!emitHLSLConstructAggregate(ArrElemType, Elements, ElemIdx, E))
8629 return false;
8630 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8631 return false;
8632 }
8633 }
8634 return true;
8635 }
8636
8637 // Records: base classes come first, then named fields in declaration
8638 // order.
8639 if (DestType->isRecordType()) {
8640 const Record *R = getRecord(DestType);
8641 if (!R)
8642 return false;
8643
8644 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8645 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) {
8646 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BS.getType());
8647 assert(B);
8648 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B->Offset, E))
8649 return false;
8650 if (!emitHLSLConstructAggregate(BS.getType(), Elements, ElemIdx, E))
8651 return false;
8652 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8653 return false;
8654 }
8655 }
8656
8657 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8658 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8659 continue;
8660
8661 QualType FieldType = F.Decl->getType();
8662 if (OptPrimType FieldT = classify(FieldType)) {
8663 if (!loadAndCast(*FieldT, FieldType))
8664 return false;
8665 if (F.isBitField()) {
8666 if (!this->emitInitBitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, F.bitWidth(), E))
8667 return false;
8668 } else {
8669 if (!this->emitInitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, E))
8670 return false;
8671 }
8672 } else {
8673 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(F.Offset, E))
8674 return false;
8675 if (!emitHLSLConstructAggregate(FieldType, Elements, ElemIdx, E))
8676 return false;
8677 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
8678 return false;
8679 }
8680 }
8681 return true;
8682 }
8683
8684 return false;
8685}
8686
8687namespace clang {
8688namespace interp {
8689
8690template class Compiler<ByteCodeEmitter>;
8691template class Compiler<EvalEmitter>;
8692
8693} // namespace interp
8694} // namespace clang
#define V(N, I)
static void emit(Program &P, llvm::SmallVectorImpl< std::byte > &Code, const T &Val, bool &Success)
Helper to write bytecode and bail out if 32-bit offsets become invalid.
static void emitCleanup(CIRGenFunction &cgf, cir::CleanupScopeOp cleanupScope, EHScopeStack::Cleanup *cleanup, EHScopeStack::Cleanup::Flags flags, Address activeFlag)
static uint32_t getBitWidth(const Expr *E)
#define EMIT_ARITH_OP(OP)
static CharUnits AlignOfType(QualType T, const ASTContext &ASTCtx, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait Kind)
static const Expr * stripDerivedToBaseCasts(const Expr *E)
static const Expr * stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(const Expr *E)
static bool hasTrivialDefaultCtorParent(const FieldDecl *FD)
static bool initNeedsOverridenLoc(const CXXCtorInitializer *Init)
llvm::APSInt APSInt
Definition Compiler.cpp:24
Result
Implement __builtin_bit_cast and related operations.
a trap message and trap category.
llvm::APInt getValue() const
APValue - This class implements a discriminated union of [uninitialized] [APSInt] [APFloat],...
Definition APValue.h:122
const LValueBase getLValueBase() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1001
APValue & getArrayInitializedElt(unsigned I)
Definition APValue.h:626
ArrayRef< LValuePathEntry > getLValuePath() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1021
APSInt & getInt()
Definition APValue.h:508
APValue & getStructField(unsigned i)
Definition APValue.h:667
const FieldDecl * getUnionField() const
Definition APValue.h:679
unsigned getStructNumFields() const
Definition APValue.h:658
bool isArray() const
Definition APValue.h:493
bool isMemberPointerToDerivedMember() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1091
unsigned getArrayInitializedElts() const
Definition APValue.h:645
bool isFloat() const
Definition APValue.h:486
unsigned getStructNumBases() const
Definition APValue.h:654
const ValueDecl * getMemberPointerDecl() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1084
APValue & getUnionValue()
Definition APValue.h:683
APValue & getArrayFiller()
Definition APValue.h:637
bool isLValue() const
Definition APValue.h:490
bool isIndeterminate() const
Definition APValue.h:482
ArrayRef< const CXXRecordDecl * > getMemberPointerPath() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1098
bool isMemberPointer() const
Definition APValue.h:496
bool isInt() const
Definition APValue.h:485
unsigned getArraySize() const
Definition APValue.h:649
bool isUnion() const
Definition APValue.h:495
@ None
There is no such object (it's outside its lifetime).
Definition APValue.h:129
bool isStruct() const
Definition APValue.h:494
bool isNullPointer() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1037
APFloat & getFloat()
Definition APValue.h:522
APValue & getStructBase(unsigned i)
Definition APValue.h:662
Holds long-lived AST nodes (such as types and decls) that can be referred to throughout the semantic ...
Definition ASTContext.h:223
CharUnits getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const
Return the ABI-specified alignment of a (complete) type T, in characters.
unsigned getPreferredTypeAlign(QualType T) const
Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified type T for the current target, in bits.
const LangOptions & getLangOpts() const
Definition ASTContext.h:959
unsigned getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(QualType T) const
Get default simd alignment of the specified complete type in bits.
TypeInfoChars getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const
CharUnits getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool ForAlignof=false) const
Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the specified decl D.
llvm::FixedPointSemantics getFixedPointSemantics(QualType Ty) const
CharUnits getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const
Return the size of the specified (complete) type T, in characters.
const VariableArrayType * getAsVariableArrayType(QualType T) const
CharUnits toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const
Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
AbstractConditionalOperator - An abstract base class for ConditionalOperator and BinaryConditionalOpe...
Definition Expr.h:4359
Expr * getCond() const
getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for the ?
Definition Expr.h:4537
Expr * getTrueExpr() const
getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of the expression if the condition eval...
Definition Expr.h:4543
Expr * getFalseExpr() const
getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of the expression if the condition eva...
Definition Expr.h:4549
AddrLabelExpr - The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
Definition Expr.h:4556
Represents the index of the current element of an array being initialized by an ArrayInitLoopExpr.
Definition Expr.h:6024
Represents a loop initializing the elements of an array.
Definition Expr.h:5971
llvm::APInt getArraySize() const
Definition Expr.h:5993
OpaqueValueExpr * getCommonExpr() const
Get the common subexpression shared by all initializations (the source array).
Definition Expr.h:5986
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Get the initializer to use for each array element.
Definition Expr.h:5991
ArraySubscriptExpr - [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
Definition Expr.h:2727
Expr * getLHS()
An array access can be written A[4] or 4[A] (both are equivalent).
Definition Expr.h:2756
An Embarcadero array type trait, as used in the implementation of __array_rank and __array_extent.
Definition ExprCXX.h:3000
uint64_t getValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:3048
Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
Definition TypeBase.h:3786
QualType getElementType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:3798
Attr - This represents one attribute.
Definition Attr.h:46
Represents an attribute applied to a statement.
Definition Stmt.h:2213
Stmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Stmt.h:2249
ArrayRef< const Attr * > getAttrs() const
Definition Stmt.h:2245
Represents a C++ declaration that introduces decls from somewhere else.
Definition DeclCXX.h:3514
A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or "x <= y".
Definition Expr.h:4044
static bool isLogicalOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4177
Expr * getLHS() const
Definition Expr.h:4094
static bool isComparisonOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4144
static bool isShiftOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4132
static bool isCommaOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4147
static Opcode getOpForCompoundAssignment(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4191
Expr * getRHS() const
Definition Expr.h:4096
static bool isPtrMemOp(Opcode Opc)
predicates to categorize the respective opcodes.
Definition Expr.h:4121
static bool isAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4180
static bool isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4185
Opcode getOpcode() const
Definition Expr.h:4089
static bool isBitwiseOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4135
BlockExpr - Adaptor class for mixing a BlockDecl with expressions.
Definition Expr.h:6675
BreakStmt - This represents a break.
Definition Stmt.h:3145
Represents a C++2a __builtin_bit_cast(T, v) expression.
Definition ExprCXX.h:5472
Represents a base class of a C++ class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:146
Represents binding an expression to a temporary.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1497
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:1519
A boolean literal, per ([C++ lex.bool] Boolean literals).
Definition ExprCXX.h:727
bool getValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:744
Represents a call to a C++ constructor.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1552
bool isElidable() const
Whether this construction is elidable.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1621
Expr * getArg(unsigned Arg)
Return the specified argument.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1695
arg_range arguments()
Definition ExprCXX.h:1676
bool requiresZeroInitialization() const
Whether this construction first requires zero-initialization before the initializer is called.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1654
CXXConstructorDecl * getConstructor() const
Get the constructor that this expression will (ultimately) call.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1615
unsigned getNumArgs() const
Return the number of arguments to the constructor call.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1692
Represents a C++ constructor within a class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2633
bool isCopyOrMoveConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const
Determine whether this is a copy or move constructor.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:3067
Represents a C++ base or member initializer.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2398
A default argument (C++ [dcl.fct.default]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:1274
A use of a default initializer in a constructor or in aggregate initialization.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1381
Expr * getExpr()
Get the initialization expression that will be used.
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:1112
Represents a delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls, e.g.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2630
FunctionDecl * getOperatorDelete() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2669
bool isArrayForm() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2656
bool isGlobalDelete() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2655
Represents a C++ destructor within a class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2895
A C++ dynamic_cast expression (C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:485
CXXForRangeStmt - This represents C++0x [stmt.ranged]'s ranged for statement, represented as 'for (ra...
Definition StmtCXX.h:135
DeclStmt * getBeginStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:163
DeclStmt * getLoopVarStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:169
DeclStmt * getEndStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:166
DeclStmt * getRangeStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:162
Represents a call to an inherited base class constructor from an inheriting constructor.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1755
CXXConstructorDecl * getConstructor() const
Get the constructor that this expression will call.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1792
Represents a static or instance method of a struct/union/class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2145
const CXXRecordDecl * getParent() const
Return the parent of this method declaration, which is the class in which this method is defined.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2284
bool isMoveAssignmentOperator() const
Determine whether this is a move assignment operator.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:2749
bool isCopyAssignmentOperator() const
Determine whether this is a copy-assignment operator, regardless of whether it was declared implicitl...
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:2728
bool isLambdaStaticInvoker() const
Determine whether this is a lambda closure type's static member function that is used for the result ...
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:2893
Represents a new-expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g: "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
Definition ExprCXX.h:2359
bool isArray() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2468
QualType getAllocatedType() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2438
std::optional< Expr * > getArraySize()
This might return std::nullopt even if isArray() returns true, since there might not be an array size...
Definition ExprCXX.h:2473
Expr * getPlacementArg(unsigned I)
Definition ExprCXX.h:2507
unsigned getNumPlacementArgs() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2498
FunctionDecl * getOperatorNew() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2463
Expr * getInitializer()
The initializer of this new-expression.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2537
Represents a C++11 noexcept expression (C++ [expr.unary.noexcept]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:4309
bool getValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:4332
The null pointer literal (C++11 [lex.nullptr])
Definition ExprCXX.h:772
Represents a list-initialization with parenthesis.
Definition ExprCXX.h:5141
MutableArrayRef< Expr * > getInitExprs()
Definition ExprCXX.h:5181
Represents a C++ struct/union/class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:258
bool hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() const
Determine whether this class has a trivial default constructor (C++11 [class.ctor]p5).
Definition DeclCXX.h:1251
bool isGenericLambda() const
Determine whether this class describes a generic lambda function object (i.e.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:1679
capture_const_range captures() const
Definition DeclCXX.h:1102
CXXMethodDecl * getLambdaCallOperator() const
Retrieve the lambda call operator of the closure type if this is a closure type.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:1742
A C++ reinterpret_cast expression (C++ [expr.reinterpret.cast]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:530
A rewritten comparison expression that was originally written using operator syntax.
Definition ExprCXX.h:290
Expr * getSemanticForm()
Get an equivalent semantic form for this expression.
Definition ExprCXX.h:308
An expression "T()" which creates an rvalue of a non-class type T.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2200
Implicit construction of a std::initializer_list<T> object from an array temporary within list-initia...
Definition ExprCXX.h:804
Represents the this expression in C++.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1158
A C++ throw-expression (C++ [except.throw]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:1212
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:1232
CXXTryStmt - A C++ try block, including all handlers.
Definition StmtCXX.h:69
CompoundStmt * getTryBlock()
Definition StmtCXX.h:100
A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]), which gets the type_info that corresponds to the supplie...
Definition ExprCXX.h:852
bool isTypeOperand() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:888
QualType getTypeOperand(const ASTContext &Context) const
Retrieves the type operand of this typeid() expression after various required adjustments (removing r...
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:166
Expr * getExprOperand() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:899
bool isPotentiallyEvaluated() const
Determine whether this typeid has a type operand which is potentially evaluated, per C++11 [expr....
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:134
A Microsoft C++ __uuidof expression, which gets the _GUID that corresponds to the supplied type or ex...
Definition ExprCXX.h:1072
MSGuidDecl * getGuidDecl() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:1118
CallExpr - Represents a function call (C99 6.5.2.2, C++ [expr.call]).
Definition Expr.h:2949
Expr * getArg(unsigned Arg)
getArg - Return the specified argument.
Definition Expr.h:3153
FunctionDecl * getDirectCallee()
If the callee is a FunctionDecl, return it. Otherwise return null.
Definition Expr.h:3132
Expr * getCallee()
Definition Expr.h:3096
unsigned getNumArgs() const
getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this call.
Definition Expr.h:3140
Expr ** getArgs()
Retrieve the call arguments.
Definition Expr.h:3143
arg_range arguments()
Definition Expr.h:3201
QualType getCallReturnType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
getCallReturnType - Get the return type of the call expr.
Definition Expr.cpp:1609
CaseStmt - Represent a case statement.
Definition Stmt.h:1930
Stmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Stmt.h:2043
CastExpr - Base class for type casts, including both implicit casts (ImplicitCastExpr) and explicit c...
Definition Expr.h:3682
path_iterator path_begin()
Definition Expr.h:3752
CastKind getCastKind() const
Definition Expr.h:3726
llvm::iterator_range< path_iterator > path()
Path through the class hierarchy taken by casts between base and derived classes (see implementation ...
Definition Expr.h:3769
const FieldDecl * getTargetUnionField() const
Definition Expr.h:3776
path_iterator path_end()
Definition Expr.h:3753
Expr * getSubExpr()
Definition Expr.h:3732
CharUnits - This is an opaque type for sizes expressed in character units.
Definition CharUnits.h:38
bool isZero() const
isZero - Test whether the quantity equals zero.
Definition CharUnits.h:122
QuantityType getQuantity() const
getQuantity - Get the raw integer representation of this quantity.
Definition CharUnits.h:185
static CharUnits One()
One - Construct a CharUnits quantity of one.
Definition CharUnits.h:58
unsigned getValue() const
Definition Expr.h:1635
ChooseExpr - GNU builtin-in function __builtin_choose_expr.
Definition Expr.h:4854
Expr * getChosenSubExpr() const
getChosenSubExpr - Return the subexpression chosen according to the condition.
Definition Expr.h:4890
Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11.
Definition TypeBase.h:3339
QualType getElementType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:3349
CompoundAssignOperator - For compound assignments (e.g.
Definition Expr.h:4306
QualType getComputationLHSType() const
Definition Expr.h:4340
QualType getComputationResultType() const
Definition Expr.h:4343
CompoundLiteralExpr - [C99 6.5.2.5].
Definition Expr.h:3611
bool isFileScope() const
Definition Expr.h:3643
const Expr * getInitializer() const
Definition Expr.h:3639
CompoundStmt - This represents a group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
Definition Stmt.h:1750
body_range body()
Definition Stmt.h:1813
Stmt * body_back()
Definition Stmt.h:1818
Represents the specialization of a concept - evaluates to a prvalue of type bool.
bool isSatisfied() const
Whether or not the concept with the given arguments was satisfied when the expression was created.
Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
Definition TypeBase.h:3824
uint64_t getZExtSize() const
Return the size zero-extended as a uint64_t.
Definition TypeBase.h:3900
ConstantExpr - An expression that occurs in a constant context and optionally the result of evaluatin...
Definition Expr.h:1088
APValue getAPValueResult() const
Definition Expr.cpp:419
bool hasAPValueResult() const
Definition Expr.h:1163
Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns.
Definition TypeBase.h:4451
ContinueStmt - This represents a continue.
Definition Stmt.h:3129
ConvertVectorExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_convertvector This AST node provides support for...
Definition Expr.h:4725
Expr * getSrcExpr() const
getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted.
Definition Expr.h:4815
DeclContext * getParent()
getParent - Returns the containing DeclContext.
Definition DeclBase.h:2126
A reference to a declared variable, function, enum, etc.
Definition Expr.h:1276
ValueDecl * getDecl()
Definition Expr.h:1344
DeclStmt - Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and expressions.
Definition Stmt.h:1641
decl_range decls()
Definition Stmt.h:1689
Decl - This represents one declaration (or definition), e.g.
Definition DeclBase.h:86
bool isInvalidDecl() const
Definition DeclBase.h:596
bool hasAttr() const
Definition DeclBase.h:585
OverloadedOperatorKind getCXXOverloadedOperator() const
If this name is the name of an overloadable operator in C++ (e.g., operator+), retrieve the kind of o...
Stmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Stmt.h:2091
InitListExpr * getUpdater() const
Definition Expr.h:5939
DoStmt - This represents a 'do/while' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2842
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2867
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2860
const Expr * getBase() const
Definition Expr.h:6584
Represents a reference to emded data.
Definition Expr.h:5132
ChildElementIter< false > begin()
Definition Expr.h:5238
Represents an expression – generally a full-expression – that introduces cleanups to be run at the en...
Definition ExprCXX.h:3661
This represents one expression.
Definition Expr.h:112
const Expr * skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(SmallVectorImpl< const Expr * > &CommaLHS, SmallVectorImpl< SubobjectAdjustment > &Adjustments) const
Walk outwards from an expression we want to bind a reference to and find the expression whose lifetim...
Definition Expr.cpp:85
bool isGLValue() const
Definition Expr.h:287
bool isValueDependent() const
Determines whether the value of this expression depends on.
Definition Expr.h:177
Expr * IgnoreImplicit() LLVM_READONLY
Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this expression until reaching a fixed point.
Definition Expr.cpp:3087
bool containsErrors() const
Whether this expression contains subexpressions which had errors.
Definition Expr.h:246
Expr * IgnoreParens() LLVM_READONLY
Skip past any parentheses which might surround this expression until reaching a fixed point.
Definition Expr.cpp:3095
bool isPRValue() const
Definition Expr.h:285
bool isLValue() const
isLValue - True if this expression is an "l-value" according to the rules of the current language.
Definition Expr.h:284
bool HasSideEffects(const ASTContext &Ctx, bool IncludePossibleEffects=true) const
HasSideEffects - This routine returns true for all those expressions which have any effect other than...
Definition Expr.cpp:3697
bool isTemporaryObject(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl *TempTy) const
Determine whether the result of this expression is a temporary object of the given class type.
Definition Expr.cpp:3262
bool refersToBitField() const
Returns true if this expression is a gl-value that potentially refers to a bit-field.
Definition Expr.h:479
QualType getType() const
Definition Expr.h:144
An expression trait intrinsic.
Definition ExprCXX.h:3073
ExtVectorElementExpr - This represents access to specific elements of a vector, and may occur on the ...
Definition Expr.h:6613
void getEncodedElementAccess(SmallVectorImpl< uint32_t > &Elts) const
getEncodedElementAccess - Encode the elements accessed into an llvm aggregate Constant of ConstantInt...
Definition Expr.cpp:4558
Represents a member of a struct/union/class.
Definition Decl.h:3191
const RecordDecl * getParent() const
Returns the parent of this field declaration, which is the struct in which this field is defined.
Definition Decl.h:3427
llvm::APInt getValue() const
Returns an internal integer representation of the literal.
Definition Expr.h:1581
llvm::APFloat getValue() const
Definition Expr.h:1672
ForStmt - This represents a 'for (init;cond;inc)' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2898
Stmt * getInit()
Definition Stmt.h:2913
VarDecl * getConditionVariable() const
Retrieve the variable declared in this "for" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1120
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2942
Expr * getInc()
Definition Stmt.h:2941
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2940
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this ForStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of th...
Definition Stmt.h:2928
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:1068
Represents a function declaration or definition.
Definition Decl.h:2027
const ParmVarDecl * getParamDecl(unsigned i) const
Definition Decl.h:2824
Stmt * getBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const
Retrieve the body (definition) of the function.
Definition Decl.cpp:3256
bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() const
Determine whether this function is a function template specialization.
Definition Decl.cpp:4182
FunctionTemplateDecl * getDescribedFunctionTemplate() const
Retrieves the function template that is described by this function declaration.
Definition Decl.cpp:4170
unsigned getBuiltinID(bool ConsiderWrapperFunctions=false) const
Returns a value indicating whether this function corresponds to a builtin function.
Definition Decl.cpp:3739
QualType getReturnType() const
Definition Decl.h:2872
ArrayRef< ParmVarDecl * > parameters() const
Definition Decl.h:2801
bool isTrivial() const
Whether this function is "trivial" in some specialized C++ senses.
Definition Decl.h:2404
const TemplateArgumentList * getTemplateSpecializationArgs() const
Retrieve the template arguments used to produce this function template specialization from the primar...
Definition Decl.cpp:4306
bool isUsableAsGlobalAllocationFunctionInConstantEvaluation(UnsignedOrNone *AlignmentParam=nullptr, bool *IsNothrow=nullptr) const
Determines whether this function is one of the replaceable global allocation functions described in i...
Definition Decl.cpp:3403
bool isDefaulted() const
Whether this function is defaulted.
Definition Decl.h:2412
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of parameters this function must have based on its FunctionType.
Definition Decl.cpp:3803
bool hasBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const
Returns true if the function has a body.
Definition Decl.cpp:3176
Declaration of a template function.
FunctionDecl * findSpecialization(ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > Args, void *&InsertPos)
Return the specialization with the provided arguments if it exists, otherwise return the insertion po...
GNUNullExpr - Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null pointer constant that h...
Definition Expr.h:4929
Represents a C11 generic selection.
Definition Expr.h:6185
Expr * getResultExpr()
Return the result expression of this controlling expression.
Definition Expr.h:6471
IfStmt - This represents an if/then/else.
Definition Stmt.h:2269
Stmt * getThen()
Definition Stmt.h:2358
Stmt * getInit()
Definition Stmt.h:2419
bool isNonNegatedConsteval() const
Definition Stmt.h:2454
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2346
bool isNegatedConsteval() const
Definition Stmt.h:2458
Stmt * getElse()
Definition Stmt.h:2367
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this IfStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of tha...
Definition Stmt.h:2402
VarDecl * getConditionVariable()
Retrieve the variable declared in this "if" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1068
ImaginaryLiteral - We support imaginary integer and floating point literals, like "1....
Definition Expr.h:1737
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:1749
Represents an implicitly-generated value initialization of an object of a given type.
Definition Expr.h:6060
Represents a field injected from an anonymous union/struct into the parent scope.
Definition Decl.h:3498
Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
Definition Expr.h:5305
Expr * getArrayFiller()
If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements than there are initializers in the l...
Definition Expr.h:5408
ArrayRef< Expr * > inits() const
Definition Expr.h:5358
A C++ lambda expression, which produces a function object (of unspecified type) that can be invoked l...
Definition ExprCXX.h:1972
capture_init_iterator capture_init_begin()
Retrieve the first initialization argument for this lambda expression (which initializes the first ca...
Definition ExprCXX.h:2098
CXXRecordDecl * getLambdaClass() const
Retrieve the class that corresponds to the lambda.
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:1407
bool isCompatibleWith(ClangABI Version) const
Implicit declaration of a temporary that was materialized by a MaterializeTemporaryExpr and lifetime-...
Definition DeclCXX.h:3326
const Stmt * getNamedLoopOrSwitch() const
If this is a named break/continue, get the loop or switch statement that this targets.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1535
A global _GUID constant.
Definition DeclCXX.h:4416
APValue & getAsAPValue() const
Get the value of this MSGuidDecl as an APValue.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:3862
Represents a prvalue temporary that is written into memory so that a reference can bind to it.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4920
StorageDuration getStorageDuration() const
Retrieve the storage duration for the materialized temporary.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4945
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Retrieve the temporary-generating subexpression whose value will be materialized into a glvalue.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4937
ValueDecl * getExtendingDecl()
Get the declaration which triggered the lifetime-extension of this temporary, if any.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4970
LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl * getLifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl()
Definition ExprCXX.h:4960
MemberExpr - [C99 6.5.2.3] Structure and Union Members.
Definition Expr.h:3370
ValueDecl * getMemberDecl() const
Retrieve the member declaration to which this expression refers.
Definition Expr.h:3453
Expr * getBase() const
Definition Expr.h:3447
A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
Definition TypeBase.h:3717
This represents a decl that may have a name.
Definition Decl.h:274
DeclarationName getDeclName() const
Get the actual, stored name of the declaration, which may be a special name.
Definition Decl.h:340
Represents a C++ namespace alias.
Definition DeclCXX.h:3219
ObjCArrayLiteral - used for objective-c array containers; as in: @["Hello", NSApp,...
Definition ExprObjC.h:220
ObjCBoolLiteralExpr - Objective-C Boolean Literal.
Definition ExprObjC.h:119
ObjCBoxedExpr - used for generalized expression boxing.
Definition ExprObjC.h:159
ObjCDictionaryLiteral - AST node to represent objective-c dictionary literals; as in:"name" : NSUserN...
Definition ExprObjC.h:342
ObjCEncodeExpr, used for @encode in Objective-C.
Definition ExprObjC.h:441
QualType getEncodedType() const
Definition ExprObjC.h:460
SourceLocation getAtLoc() const
Definition ExprObjC.h:455
bool isExpressibleAsConstantInitializer() const
Definition ExprObjC.h:68
ObjCStringLiteral, used for Objective-C string literals i.e.
Definition ExprObjC.h:84
OffsetOfExpr - [C99 7.17] - This represents an expression of the form offsetof(record-type,...
Definition Expr.h:2533
Expr * getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx)
Definition Expr.h:2592
const OffsetOfNode & getComponent(unsigned Idx) const
Definition Expr.h:2580
unsigned getNumComponents() const
Definition Expr.h:2588
Helper class for OffsetOfExpr.
Definition Expr.h:2427
unsigned getArrayExprIndex() const
For an array element node, returns the index into the array of expressions.
Definition Expr.h:2485
@ Array
An index into an array.
Definition Expr.h:2432
Kind getKind() const
Determine what kind of offsetof node this is.
Definition Expr.h:2481
OpaqueValueExpr - An expression referring to an opaque object of a fixed type and value class.
Definition Expr.h:1184
Expr * getSourceExpr() const
The source expression of an opaque value expression is the expression which originally generated the ...
Definition Expr.h:1234
Expr * getSelectedExpr() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:4639
ParenExpr - This represents a parenthesized expression, e.g.
Definition Expr.h:2188
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:2205
Represents a parameter to a function.
Definition Decl.h:1817
PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
Definition TypeBase.h:3392
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:3402
[C99 6.4.2.2] - A predefined identifier such as func.
Definition Expr.h:2011
StringLiteral * getFunctionName()
Definition Expr.h:2055
PseudoObjectExpr - An expression which accesses a pseudo-object l-value.
Definition Expr.h:6807
Expr * getResultExpr()
Return the result-bearing expression, or null if there is none.
Definition Expr.h:6855
ArrayRef< Expr * > semantics()
Definition Expr.h:6879
A (possibly-)qualified type.
Definition TypeBase.h:937
bool isVolatileQualified() const
Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
Definition TypeBase.h:8531
QualType withConst() const
Definition TypeBase.h:1174
bool isNull() const
Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
Definition TypeBase.h:1004
const Type * getTypePtr() const
Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
Definition TypeBase.h:8447
bool isConstant(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
Definition TypeBase.h:1097
bool isConstQualified() const
Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
Definition TypeBase.h:8520
Represents a struct/union/class.
Definition Decl.h:4356
Frontend produces RecoveryExprs on semantic errors that prevent creating other well-formed expression...
Definition Expr.h:7506
Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType.
Definition TypeBase.h:3637
C++2a [expr.prim.req]: A requires-expression provides a concise way to express requirements on templa...
bool isSatisfied() const
Whether or not the requires clause is satisfied.
ReturnStmt - This represents a return, optionally of an expression: return; return 4;.
Definition Stmt.h:3170
Expr * getRetValue()
Definition Stmt.h:3197
SourceLocation getLocation() const
Definition Expr.h:2161
std::string ComputeName(ASTContext &Context) const
Definition Expr.cpp:593
Scope - A scope is a transient data structure that is used while parsing the program.
Definition Scope.h:41
ShuffleVectorExpr - clang-specific builtin-in function __builtin_shufflevector.
Definition Expr.h:4649
llvm::APSInt getShuffleMaskIdx(unsigned N) const
Definition Expr.h:4701
unsigned getNumSubExprs() const
getNumSubExprs - Return the size of the SubExprs array.
Definition Expr.h:4682
Expr * getExpr(unsigned Index)
getExpr - Return the Expr at the specified index.
Definition Expr.h:4688
Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter pack.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4441
unsigned getPackLength() const
Retrieve the length of the parameter pack.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4515
Represents a function call to one of __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_COLUMN(), __builtin_FUNCTION(),...
Definition Expr.h:5023
APValue EvaluateInContext(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *DefaultExpr) const
Return the result of evaluating this SourceLocExpr in the specified (and possibly null) default argum...
Definition Expr.cpp:2289
Represents a C++11 static_assert declaration.
Definition DeclCXX.h:4154
StmtExpr - This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;}).
Definition Expr.h:4601
CompoundStmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Expr.h:4618
Stmt - This represents one statement.
Definition Stmt.h:86
StmtClass getStmtClass() const
Definition Stmt.h:1503
StringLiteral - This represents a string literal expression, e.g.
Definition Expr.h:1805
unsigned getLength() const
Definition Expr.h:1915
static StringLiteral * Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, StringLiteralKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty, ArrayRef< SourceLocation > Locs)
This is the "fully general" constructor that allows representation of strings formed from one or more...
Definition Expr.cpp:1194
uint32_t getCodeUnit(size_t i) const
Definition Expr.h:1888
unsigned getCharByteWidth() const
Definition Expr.h:1916
Represents a reference to a non-type template parameter that has been substituted with a template arg...
Definition ExprCXX.h:4664
const SwitchCase * getNextSwitchCase() const
Definition Stmt.h:1903
SwitchStmt - This represents a 'switch' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2519
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2582
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2594
VarDecl * getConditionVariable()
Retrieve the variable declared in this "switch" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1186
Stmt * getInit()
Definition Stmt.h:2599
SwitchCase * getSwitchCaseList()
Definition Stmt.h:2650
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this SwitchStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of...
Definition Stmt.h:2633
Represents the declaration of a struct/union/class/enum.
Definition Decl.h:3748
bool isCompleteDefinition() const
Return true if this decl has its body fully specified.
Definition Decl.h:3849
bool isUnion() const
Definition Decl.h:3959
A template argument list.
ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > asArray() const
Produce this as an array ref.
A type trait used in the implementation of various C++11 and Library TR1 trait templates.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2900
bool getBoolValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2951
const APValue & getAPValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2956
bool isStoredAsBoolean() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2947
The base class of the type hierarchy.
Definition TypeBase.h:1875
bool isVoidType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:9050
bool isBooleanType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:9187
bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
Return true if this is a literal type (C++11 [basic.types]p10)
Definition Type.cpp:3117
bool isIncompleteArrayType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8791
CXXRecordDecl * getAsCXXRecordDecl() const
Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either because the type is a RecordType or beca...
Definition Type.h:26
bool isNothrowT() const
Definition Type.cpp:3301
RecordDecl * getAsRecordDecl() const
Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to.
Definition Type.h:41
bool isVoidPointerType() const
Definition Type.cpp:749
bool isConstantSizeType() const
Return true if this is not a variable sized type, according to the rules of C99 6....
Definition Type.cpp:2521
bool isArrayType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8783
bool isFunctionPointerType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8751
bool isConstantMatrixType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8851
bool isPointerType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8684
bool isIntegerType() const
isIntegerType() does not include complex integers (a GCC extension).
Definition TypeBase.h:9094
const T * castAs() const
Member-template castAs<specific type>.
Definition TypeBase.h:9344
bool isReferenceType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8708
bool isEnumeralType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8815
QualType getPointeeType() const
If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
Definition Type.cpp:789
bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const
Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
Definition TypeBase.h:9172
bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const
Test for a particular builtin type.
Definition TypeBase.h:9019
bool isDependentType() const
Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition somehow depends on a template para...
Definition TypeBase.h:2846
bool isAnyComplexType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8819
bool isFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a fixed point type according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
Definition TypeBase.h:9110
const Type * getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const
Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type qualifiers.
Definition TypeBase.h:9230
bool isMemberPointerType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8765
bool isAtomicType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8876
EnumDecl * castAsEnumDecl() const
Definition Type.h:59
bool isStdByteType() const
Definition Type.cpp:3320
const ArrayType * getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const
A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards qualifiers from the outermost type.
Definition TypeBase.h:9330
bool isPointerOrReferenceType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8688
bool isFunctionType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8680
bool isVectorType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8823
bool isRealFloatingType() const
Floating point categories.
Definition Type.cpp:2409
const T * getAsCanonical() const
If this type is canonically the specified type, return its canonical type cast to that specified type...
Definition TypeBase.h:2985
bool isFloatingType() const
Definition Type.cpp:2393
const T * getAs() const
Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
Definition TypeBase.h:9277
bool isRecordType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8811
bool isSizelessVectorType() const
Returns true for all scalable vector types.
Definition Type.cpp:2667
Base class for declarations which introduce a typedef-name.
Definition Decl.h:3593
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - expression with either a type or (unevaluated) expression operand.
Definition Expr.h:2631
QualType getArgumentType() const
Definition Expr.h:2674
QualType getTypeOfArgument() const
Gets the argument type, or the type of the argument expression, whichever is appropriate.
Definition Expr.h:2700
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait getKind() const
Definition Expr.h:2663
UnaryOperator - This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and alignof),...
Definition Expr.h:2250
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:2291
Opcode getOpcode() const
Definition Expr.h:2286
bool canOverflow() const
Returns true if the unary operator can cause an overflow.
Definition Expr.h:2304
Represents C++ using-directive.
Definition DeclCXX.h:3114
Represent the declaration of a variable (in which case it is an lvalue) a function (in which case it ...
Definition Decl.h:712
QualType getType() const
Definition Decl.h:723
bool isWeak() const
Determine whether this symbol is weakly-imported, or declared with the weak or weak-ref attr.
Definition Decl.cpp:5578
QualType getType() const
Definition Value.cpp:238
Represents a variable declaration or definition.
Definition Decl.h:932
bool isConstexpr() const
Whether this variable is (C++11) constexpr.
Definition Decl.h:1591
bool isInitCapture() const
Whether this variable is the implicit variable for a lambda init-capture.
Definition Decl.h:1600
bool isStaticDataMember() const
Determines whether this is a static data member.
Definition Decl.h:1304
bool hasGlobalStorage() const
Returns true for all variables that do not have local storage.
Definition Decl.h:1247
bool hasConstantInitialization() const
Determine whether this variable has constant initialization.
Definition Decl.cpp:2630
bool isStaticLocal() const
Returns true if a variable with function scope is a static local variable.
Definition Decl.h:1214
const Expr * getInit() const
Definition Decl.h:1389
const APValue * evaluateValue() const
Attempt to evaluate the value of the initializer attached to this declaration, and produce notes expl...
Definition Decl.cpp:2554
bool isLocalVarDecl() const
Returns true for local variable declarations other than parameters.
Definition Decl.h:1274
const Expr * getAnyInitializer() const
Get the initializer for this variable, no matter which declaration it is attached to.
Definition Decl.h:1379
Represents a GCC generic vector type.
Definition TypeBase.h:4239
unsigned getNumElements() const
Definition TypeBase.h:4254
QualType getElementType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:4253
WhileStmt - This represents a 'while' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2707
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2759
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this WhileStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of ...
Definition Stmt.h:2795
VarDecl * getConditionVariable()
Retrieve the variable declared in this "while" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1247
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2771
A memory block, either on the stack or in the heap.
Definition InterpBlock.h:44
void invokeDtor()
Invokes the Destructor.
Compilation context for expressions.
Definition Compiler.h:112
llvm::SmallVector< InitLink > InitStack
Definition Compiler.h:492
bool VisitArrayInitIndexExpr(const ArrayInitIndexExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E)
bool VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E)
bool visitContinueStmt(const ContinueStmt *S)
bool VisitCharacterLiteral(const CharacterLiteral *E)
bool visitArrayElemInit(unsigned ElemIndex, const Expr *Init, OptPrimType InitT)
Pointer to the array(not the element!) must be on the stack when calling this.
UnsignedOrNone allocateLocal(DeclTy &&Decl, QualType Ty=QualType(), ScopeKind=ScopeKind::Block)
Allocates a space storing a local given its type.
bool VisitCXXParenListInitExpr(const CXXParenListInitExpr *E)
bool VisitConceptSpecializationExpr(const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E)
bool visitInitializerPop(const Expr *E)
Similar, but will also pop the pointer.
bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E)
bool visitBool(const Expr *E)
Visits an expression and converts it to a boolean.
bool VisitCXXDefaultInitExpr(const CXXDefaultInitExpr *E)
PrimType classifyPrim(QualType Ty) const
Classifies a known primitive type.
Definition Compiler.h:285
bool VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E)
bool VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E)
bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E)
llvm::DenseMap< const OpaqueValueExpr *, unsigned > OpaqueExprs
OpaqueValueExpr to location mapping.
Definition Compiler.h:467
bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool visitAttributedStmt(const AttributedStmt *S)
bool VisitPackIndexingExpr(const PackIndexingExpr *E)
bool VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E)
bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E)
std::optional< uint64_t > ArrayIndex
Current argument index. Needed to emit ArrayInitIndexExpr.
Definition Compiler.h:473
bool VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXReinterpretCastExpr(const CXXReinterpretCastExpr *E)
const Function * getFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD)
Returns a function for the given FunctionDecl.
bool VisitFixedPointBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E)
Definition Compiler.cpp:200
bool VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E)
bool VisitFixedPointUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
unsigned allocateLocalPrimitive(DeclTy &&Decl, PrimType Ty, bool IsConst, bool IsVolatile=false, ScopeKind SC=ScopeKind::Block)
Creates a local primitive value.
bool VisitComplexUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
llvm::DenseMap< const SwitchCase *, LabelTy > CaseMap
Definition Compiler.h:118
bool VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E)
bool VisitLogicalBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool visitCompoundStmt(const CompoundStmt *S)
Context & Ctx
Current compilation context.
Definition Compiler.h:135
bool visitDeclRef(const ValueDecl *D, const Expr *E)
Visit the given decl as if we have a reference to it.
bool visitBreakStmt(const BreakStmt *S)
bool visitExpr(const Expr *E, bool DestroyToplevelScope) override
bool visitForStmt(const ForStmt *S)
bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E)
bool VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E)
bool VisitArrayInitLoopExpr(const ArrayInitLoopExpr *E)
bool visitAPValue(const APValue &Val, PrimType ValType, SourceInfo Info)
Visit an APValue.
bool VisitStmtExpr(const StmtExpr *E)
bool VisitBuiltinBitCastExpr(const BuiltinBitCastExpr *E)
Definition Compiler.cpp:982
bool VisitFixedPointLiteral(const FixedPointLiteral *E)
const FunctionDecl * CompilingFunction
Definition Compiler.h:503
bool VisitCXXBoolLiteralExpr(const CXXBoolLiteralExpr *E)
VarCreationState visitVarDecl(const VarDecl *VD, const Expr *Init, bool Toplevel=false)
Creates and initializes a variable from the given decl.
VariableScope< Emitter > * VarScope
Current scope.
Definition Compiler.h:470
bool visitDeclAndReturn(const VarDecl *VD, const Expr *Init, bool ConstantContext) override
Toplevel visitDeclAndReturn().
bool VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E)
const ValueDecl * InitializingDecl
Definition Compiler.h:490
bool VisitCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *E)
bool visit(const Expr *E) override
Evaluates an expression and places the result on the stack.
bool delegate(const Expr *E)
Just pass evaluation on to E.
bool visitLValueExpr(const Expr *E, bool DestroyToplevelScope) override
bool discard(const Expr *E)
Evaluates an expression for side effects and discards the result.
bool VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(const CXXDefaultArgExpr *E)
CaseMap CaseLabels
Switch case mapping.
Definition Compiler.h:499
bool visitAPValueInitializer(const APValue &Val, SourceInfo Info, QualType T)
Record * getRecord(QualType Ty)
Returns a record from a record or pointer type.
const RecordType * getRecordTy(QualType Ty)
Returns a record type from a record or pointer type.
bool VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr(const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E)
bool visitInitList(ArrayRef< const Expr * > Inits, const Expr *ArrayFiller, const Expr *E)
bool VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E)
bool VisitPredefinedExpr(const PredefinedExpr *E)
bool VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E)
bool visitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt *DS, bool EvaluateConditionDecl=false)
bool emitCleanup()
Emits scope cleanup instructions.
bool VisitExtVectorElementExpr(const ExtVectorElementExpr *E)
bool VisitObjCStringLiteral(const ObjCStringLiteral *E)
bool VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E)
bool visitInitializer(const Expr *E)
Compiles an initializer.
bool visitDtorCall(const VarDecl *VD, const APValue &Value) override
const Expr * SourceLocDefaultExpr
DefaultInit- or DefaultArgExpr, needed for SourceLocExpr.
Definition Compiler.h:476
bool VisitObjCArrayLiteral(const ObjCArrayLiteral *E)
UnsignedOrNone OptLabelTy
Definition Compiler.h:117
bool VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E)
bool VisitPointerArithBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
Perform addition/subtraction of a pointer and an integer or subtraction of two pointers.
bool visitCallArgs(ArrayRef< const Expr * > Args, const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl, bool Activate, bool IsOperatorCall)
bool VisitObjCBoolLiteralExpr(const ObjCBoolLiteralExpr *E)
bool visitDefaultStmt(const DefaultStmt *S)
bool VisitObjCDictionaryLiteral(const ObjCDictionaryLiteral *E)
typename Emitter::LabelTy LabelTy
Definition Compiler.h:115
VarCreationState visitDecl(const VarDecl *VD)
bool VisitCXXDynamicCastExpr(const CXXDynamicCastExpr *E)
bool visitStmt(const Stmt *S)
bool VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E)
bool VisitVectorUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E)
bool VisitObjCBoxedExpr(const ObjCBoxedExpr *E)
bool VisitDesignatedInitUpdateExpr(const DesignatedInitUpdateExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E)
bool VisitRecoveryExpr(const RecoveryExpr *E)
bool VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E)
bool Initializing
Flag inidicating if we're initializing an already created variable.
Definition Compiler.h:489
bool visitReturnStmt(const ReturnStmt *RS)
bool VisitCXXThrowExpr(const CXXThrowExpr *E)
bool VisitSubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(const SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr *E)
bool VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E)
bool visitFunc(const FunctionDecl *F) override
bool visitCXXForRangeStmt(const CXXForRangeStmt *S)
bool visitCaseStmt(const CaseStmt *S)
bool VisitComplexBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
llvm::DenseMap< const ValueDecl *, Scope::Local > Locals
Variable to storage mapping.
Definition Compiler.h:464
bool VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(const AbstractConditionalOperator *E)
bool VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E)
UnsignedOrNone allocateTemporary(const Expr *E)
bool VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, unsigned BuiltinID)
bool VisitImplicitValueInitExpr(const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(const CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator *E)
OptPrimType ReturnType
Type of the expression returned by the function.
Definition Compiler.h:496
bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
bool VisitFloatCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *E)
OptPrimType classify(const Expr *E) const
Definition Compiler.h:279
llvm::SmallVector< LabelInfo > LabelInfoStack
Stack of label information for loops and switch statements.
Definition Compiler.h:501
bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(const GenericSelectionExpr *E)
bool visitDoStmt(const DoStmt *S)
bool VisitIntegerLiteral(const IntegerLiteral *E)
Definition Compiler.cpp:987
bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E)
bool VisitVectorBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool VisitStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E)
bool VisitParenExpr(const ParenExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(const CXXNoexceptExpr *E)
bool VisitShuffleVectorExpr(const ShuffleVectorExpr *E)
bool VisitPointerCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *E)
bool DiscardResult
Flag indicating if return value is to be discarded.
Definition Compiler.h:479
bool VisitEmbedExpr(const EmbedExpr *E)
bool VisitConvertVectorExpr(const ConvertVectorExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXThisExpr(const CXXThisExpr *E)
bool VisitConstantExpr(const ConstantExpr *E)
bool VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E)
bool visitSwitchStmt(const SwitchStmt *S)
bool VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E)
bool VisitExprWithCleanups(const ExprWithCleanups *E)
bool visitAsLValue(const Expr *E)
bool visitWhileStmt(const WhileStmt *S)
bool visitIfStmt(const IfStmt *IS)
bool VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E)
bool canClassify(const Expr *E) const
Definition Compiler.h:281
bool VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E)
Definition Compiler.cpp:995
Program & P
Program to link to.
Definition Compiler.h:137
bool VisitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E)
bool VisitGNUNullExpr(const GNUNullExpr *E)
bool VisitImaginaryLiteral(const ImaginaryLiteral *E)
bool VisitSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(const SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *E)
bool visitCXXTryStmt(const CXXTryStmt *S)
static bool isUnevaluatedBuiltin(unsigned ID)
Unevaluated builtins don't get their arguments put on the stack automatically.
Definition Context.cpp:752
static bool shouldBeGloballyIndexed(const ValueDecl *VD)
Returns whether we should create a global variable for the given ValueDecl.
Definition Context.h:159
Scope used to handle temporaries in toplevel variable declarations.
Definition Compiler.cpp:40
DeclScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, const ValueDecl *VD)
Definition Compiler.cpp:42
Wrapper around fixed point types.
Definition FixedPoint.h:23
static FixedPoint zero(llvm::FixedPointSemantics Sem)
Definition FixedPoint.h:36
If a Floating is constructed from Memory, it DOES NOT OWN THAT MEMORY.
Definition Floating.h:35
bool singleWord() const
Definition Floating.h:107
Bytecode function.
Definition Function.h:99
bool hasThisPointer() const
Definition Function.h:226
bool hasRVO() const
Checks if the first argument is a RVO pointer.
Definition Function.h:156
When generating code for e.g.
Definition Compiler.cpp:175
LocOverrideScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, SourceInfo NewValue, bool Enabled=true)
Definition Compiler.cpp:177
Generic scope for local variables.
Definition Compiler.h:568
bool destroyLocals(const Expr *E=nullptr) override
Explicit destruction of local variables.
Definition Compiler.h:581
LocalScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, ScopeKind Kind=ScopeKind::Block)
Definition Compiler.h:570
Sets the context for break/continue statements.
Definition Compiler.cpp:114
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelTy LabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:116
typename Compiler< Emitter >::OptLabelTy OptLabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:117
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelInfo LabelInfo
Definition Compiler.cpp:118
LoopScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, LabelTy BreakLabel, LabelTy ContinueLabel)
Definition Compiler.cpp:120
PrimType value_or(PrimType PT) const
Definition PrimType.h:88
Scope used to handle initialization methods.
Definition Compiler.cpp:60
OptionScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, bool NewDiscardResult, bool NewInitializing, bool NewToLValue)
Root constructor, compiling or discarding primitives.
Definition Compiler.cpp:63
Context to manage declaration lifetimes.
Definition Program.h:148
Structure/Class descriptor.
Definition Record.h:25
bool isUnion() const
Checks if the record is a union.
Definition Record.h:69
const Field * getField(unsigned I) const
Definition Record.h:95
const Base * getBase(unsigned I) const
Definition Record.h:107
bool hasTrivialDtor() const
Returns true for anonymous unions and records with no destructor or for those with a trivial destruct...
Definition Record.cpp:45
Describes a scope block.
Definition Function.h:36
Describes the statement/declaration an opcode was generated from.
Definition Source.h:74
const Expr * asExpr() const
Definition Source.cpp:35
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelTy LabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:142
typename Compiler< Emitter >::OptLabelTy OptLabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:143
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelInfo LabelInfo
Definition Compiler.cpp:145
typename Compiler< Emitter >::CaseMap CaseMap
Definition Compiler.cpp:144
SwitchScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, CaseMap &&CaseLabels, LabelTy BreakLabel, OptLabelTy DefaultLabel)
Definition Compiler.cpp:147
Scope chain managing the variable lifetimes.
Definition Compiler.h:510
Compiler< Emitter > * Ctx
Compiler instance.
Definition Compiler.h:561
virtual void addLocal(Scope::Local Local)
Definition Compiler.h:521
VariableScope * getParent() const
Definition Compiler.h:551
bool Sub(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:425
bool LT(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:1507
static llvm::RoundingMode getRoundingMode(FPOptions FPO)
llvm::PointerUnion< const Decl *, const Expr * > DeclTy
Definition Descriptor.h:29
constexpr bool isSignedType(PrimType T)
Definition PrimType.h:59
bool Div(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
1) Pops the RHS from the stack.
Definition Interp.h:770
static bool Activate(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:2265
constexpr bool isPtrType(PrimType T)
Definition PrimType.h:55
constexpr size_t align(size_t Size)
Aligns a size to the pointer alignment.
Definition PrimType.h:201
bool InitScope(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC, uint32_t I)
Definition Interp.h:2777
constexpr bool isIntegerOrBoolType(PrimType T)
Definition PrimType.h:52
llvm::APFloat APFloat
Definition Floating.h:27
static void discard(InterpStack &Stk, PrimType T)
llvm::APInt APInt
Definition FixedPoint.h:19
bool LE(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:1514
PrimType
Enumeration of the primitive types of the VM.
Definition PrimType.h:34
static std::optional< bool > getBoolValue(const Expr *E)
Definition Compiler.cpp:29
bool Init(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:2382
bool Mul(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:479
size_t primSize(PrimType Type)
Returns the size of a primitive type in bytes.
Definition PrimType.cpp:24
bool Inc(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC, bool CanOverflow)
1) Pops a pointer from the stack 2) Load the value from the pointer 3) Writes the value increased by ...
Definition Interp.h:964
bool Add(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:396
llvm::BitVector collectNonNullArgs(const FunctionDecl *F, ArrayRef< const Expr * > Args)
llvm::APSInt APSInt
Definition FixedPoint.h:20
The JSON file list parser is used to communicate input to InstallAPI.
bool isa(CodeGen::Address addr)
Definition Address.h:330
bool hasSpecificAttr(const Container &container)
@ Success
Annotation was successful.
Definition Parser.h:65
Expr * Cond
};
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait
Names for the "expression or type" traits.
Definition TypeTraits.h:51
@ SD_Static
Static storage duration.
Definition Specifiers.h:344
@ SD_FullExpression
Full-expression storage duration (for temporaries).
Definition Specifiers.h:341
@ Result
The result type of a method or function.
Definition TypeBase.h:905
OptionalUnsigned< unsigned > UnsignedOrNone
U cast(CodeGen::Address addr)
Definition Address.h:327
int const char * function
Definition c++config.h:31
__packed_splat4 __packed_splat2 __packed_splat8 __packed_splat4 __packed_splat2 __packed_splat4 __packed_splat2 __packed_splat8 __packed_splat4 uint32_t
#define true
Definition stdbool.h:25
EvalResult is a struct with detailed info about an evaluated expression.
Definition Expr.h:652
A quantity in bits.
Describes a memory block created by an allocation site.
Definition Descriptor.h:123
unsigned getNumElems() const
Returns the number of elements stored in the block.
Definition Descriptor.h:260
bool isPrimitive() const
Checks if the descriptor is of a primitive.
Definition Descriptor.h:274
QualType getElemQualType() const
bool hasTrivialDtor() const
Whether variables of this descriptor need their destructor called or not.
bool isCompositeArray() const
Checks if the descriptor is of an array of composites.
Definition Descriptor.h:267
QualType getType() const
const Descriptor *const ElemDesc
Descriptor of the array element.
Definition Descriptor.h:156
static constexpr MetadataSize InlineDescMD
Definition Descriptor.h:145
bool isPrimitiveArray() const
Checks if the descriptor is of an array of primitives.
Definition Descriptor.h:265
PrimType getPrimType() const
Definition Descriptor.h:242
bool isRecord() const
Checks if the descriptor is of a record.
Definition Descriptor.h:279
const Record *const ElemRecord
Pointer to the record, if block contains records.
Definition Descriptor.h:154
bool isArray() const
Checks if the descriptor is of an array.
Definition Descriptor.h:277
Descriptor used for global variables.
Definition Descriptor.h:50
Information about a local's storage.
Definition Function.h:39
State encapsulating if a the variable creation has been successful, unsuccessful, or no variable has ...
Definition Compiler.h:97
static VarCreationState NotCreated()
Definition Compiler.h:101